WO2020088472A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020088472A1
WO2020088472A1 PCT/CN2019/114101 CN2019114101W WO2020088472A1 WO 2020088472 A1 WO2020088472 A1 WO 2020088472A1 CN 2019114101 W CN2019114101 W CN 2019114101W WO 2020088472 A1 WO2020088472 A1 WO 2020088472A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
node
status report
information
status
data packet
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/114101
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
朱元萍
戴明增
卓义斌
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020088472A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020088472A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0064—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of control information between different access points
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • the terminal when the terminal is switching between different base stations, in order to ensure the continuity of the terminal's services, the terminal can send the target base station (or the centralized unit (CU for short) of the target base station after the handover is completed ))
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the target base station or the target base station's CU
  • PDCP protocol data unit that has not been correctly received by the terminal ( protocol, data, unit (PDU for short) is re-sent to the terminal.
  • IAB integrated access and backhaul
  • multi-hop and multi-connection scenarios that is, multiple nodes (for example, multiple IAB nodes) can be Terminal services, and terminals can transmit data packets through multi-hop IAB nodes.
  • the terminal may send a PDCP status report to the target host base station after the handover is completed, so that the target host base station knows that it has not been correctly received by the terminal Data packets, but because the terminal may transmit data packets through the multi-hop IAB node, using this method will result in a longer waiting time for the data packets that are not successfully received by the terminal, thereby reducing the communication efficiency of the network.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device for improving the communication efficiency of a network.
  • a communication method including: a first node receives first indication information and / or a handover command from a second node, the first indication information is used to instruct the first node to stop sending data packets to the third node, The switching command is used for the third node to switch from the first node to the fourth node; the first node sends a first status report to the second node, and the first status report includes a packet for instructing the first node to send a data packet to the third node Send status information; where the second node is the host node of the first node, the third node is the terminal or the wireless backhaul node, and the first node is the node that provides wireless access services for the third node before the third node switches , The first node and / or the fourth node are wireless backhaul nodes, and the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless backhaul services for nodes that wirelessly access the wireless backhaul node; the first to fourth nodes are all
  • the first node may send the first status report to the second node when receiving the first indication information and / or the handover command, so that the second node receives the second node
  • the sending status of the data packet sent by the three nodes so as to avoid the waiting time of the unsuccessful data packet received by the third node being too long, and improve the communication efficiency of the network.
  • the problem of HFN out-of-synchronization between the second node and the third node caused by a large gap in the PDCP SN of the PDCP PDU received by the third node can be avoided.
  • the method before the first node sends the first status report to the second node, the method further includes: the first node sends a first message to the third node, the first message includes a Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the node from the first node; the first node receives the second status report from the third node, and the second status report includes a reception status for indicating that the third node receives the data packet from the first node The first node generates the first status report according to the second status report.
  • This possible implementation manner can enable the second node to more accurately determine whether the data packet between the first node and the third node is successfully transmitted.
  • the first node sending the first status report to the second node includes: the first node sends the first status report to the second node through the node between the first node and the second node.
  • the node between the one node and the second node is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node .
  • the node between the first node and the second node converts the information in the received status report to the next hop
  • the node sends until it is transmitted to the second node, so that the second node can know the transmission status sent by the first node after the intermediate node transmits the data packet sent by the second node according to the received status report, To avoid that the second node cannot correctly interpret the information in the received status report.
  • the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the first node and the previous hop node of the second node includes second indication information
  • one status report includes The second indication information of is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be recognized by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and send it to the next hop node.
  • the node can be distinguished from the status report in the ordinary communication scenario (that is, the communication scenario where the third node does not switch) and the third node is switching. The status report in the communication scenario, so that the status report is processed correctly.
  • the first node generates the first status report according to the second status report, which includes: the first node according to the RLC SN correspondence between the first link and the second link and the second status
  • the RLC included in the report generates the first status report;
  • the first link is the link between the first node and the third node,
  • the second link is the link between the first node and the fifth node, the fifth
  • the node is a node that provides wireless access services for the first node
  • the RLC SN is the SN of the RLC SDU.
  • This possible implementation manner can enable the fifth node to confirm the status of the data packet sent by the fifth node and received by the third node after transmission by the first node according to the first status report, avoiding the fifth node The information in the first status report cannot be interpreted correctly.
  • the first node generates the first status report according to the second status report, which includes: the first node according to the RLC SN correspondence between the first link and the first path and the second status report
  • the RLC included in the SN generates the first status report;
  • the first link is the link between the first node and the third node,
  • the first path is the path between the first node and the second node, and
  • the RLC SN is the RLC SDU SN.
  • This possible implementation manner can be such that when the second node sends a data packet to the third node via the first node, the first node determines the second link according to the RLC SN correspondence between the first link and the first path and the second
  • the status report generates the first status report and sends it to the second node.
  • the second node can confirm that the data packet sent by the second node is received by the third node after transmission by the first node Status to avoid that the second node cannot correctly interpret the information in the first status report.
  • the method further includes: the first node sends the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node to the second node, and sends third indication information to the second node.
  • the third indication information is used to Indicates that the first node has sent all the uplink data packets sent by the buffered third node.
  • This possible implementation provides a method for the first node to send the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node, which ensures the continuity of the uplink service, so that the third node does not need to retransmit the sent data after the handover.
  • the upstream data packets are passed to avoid the waste of air interface resources.
  • the first status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate that the information about the sending status of the data packet included in the first status report is data sent by the first node Information about the sending status of the packet.
  • a scenario where a second node sends a data packet via at least one intermediate node allows the second node to determine that the received status report indicates the second status according to the identifier of the first node in the first status report The transmission status of the data packet transmitted by the first node among the data packets sent by the node.
  • the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the sending status of the data packet included in the first status report is sent to the third node Information of the sending status of the data packet; or, the first status report also includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node, the identifier of the third node and at least one radio bearer
  • the information identifying the transmission state of the data packet included in the first status report is information of the transmission state of the data packet sent to the third node through at least one radio bearer.
  • This possible implementation manner can enable the second node to determine the data packet sent by the second node according to the identifier of the third node in the received status report when sending data to the third node through at least one intermediate node , The transmission status of the data packet transmitted to the third node; or, according to the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node in the received status report, determine the data packet sent by the second node , The transmission status of the data packet is sent to the third node via the wireless bearer of the third node.
  • a communication device which has the function of implementing any of the methods provided in the first aspect.
  • This function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may exist in the form of a chip product.
  • a communication method including: a third node receives a handover command, and the handover command is used for the third node to switch from the first node to the fourth node; the third node sends a third status report to the second node;
  • the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node,
  • the third status report includes: information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, or information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node; wherein, the first node To provide a wireless access service for the third node before the third node switches, the second node is the host node of the first node, the first node and / or the fourth node is the wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used In order to provide wireless
  • the third node may send the third status report to the second node when receiving the handover command (that is, not after the handover is completed), so that the second node receives the transmission of the data packet as soon as possible State or receiving state, so as to avoid waiting for unsuccessfully received or unsuccessfully sent data packets for too long, and improve the communication efficiency of the network.
  • the problem that the superframe number between the second node and the third node is out of synchronization due to a large gap generated by the sequence number PDCP SN of the PDCP PDU received by the third node can be avoided.
  • the third node sending the third status report to the second node includes: the third node sends the third status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node.
  • the node between the three nodes and the second node is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node .
  • the second node when the second node sends a data packet to the third node through at least one intermediate node, the information in the received status report is converted by the node between the third node and the second node Send to the next hop until the status report is transmitted to the second node, so that the second node can confirm the status received or sent by the third node in the data packet sent by the second node according to the received status report To avoid that the second node cannot correctly interpret the information in the received status report.
  • the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the third node and the previous hop node of the second node includes fourth indication information
  • one status report includes The fourth indication information of is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be recognized by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and send it to the next hop node.
  • the node can distinguish the status report in the ordinary communication scenario (that is, the communication scenario where the third node does not switch) and the third node is switching. The status report in the communication scenario, so that the node can correctly process the status report.
  • the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the method further includes: the third node sends a second message to a terminal served by the third node, and the second message includes a message indicating that the third node serves
  • the terminal reports the information of the reception status of the data packet received from the third node;
  • the third node receives the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and the status report of a terminal includes the information indicating that the terminal receives the data packet received from the third node Receiving status information;
  • the third node sends a fourth status report to the second node according to the status report of the terminal served by the third node, the fourth status report includes a data packet for instructing the terminal served by the third node to receive from the third node Information about the reception status.
  • This possible implementation manner can enable the second node to accurately know the latest information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal from the third node.
  • the third node sends the fourth status report to the second node according to the status report of the terminal served by the third node, including: the third node according to the RLC between the third link and the second path
  • the correspondence between the SN and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node generates the fourth status report and sends the fourth status report to the second node.
  • the third link serves the third node and the third node.
  • the link between the terminals, the second path is the path between the third node and the second node, and the RLC SN is the SN of the RLC SDU; or, the third node according to the RLC between the third link and the fourth link
  • the corresponding relationship between the SN and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node generates the fourth status report, and sends the fourth status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node.
  • the node between the node and the second node is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information identifiable by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node, third Road link between the terminal of the third node and a third node and services, the fourth link is a link between the third node and the first node, RLC SN for the RLC SDU of SN.
  • the third node generates a fourth status report according to the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the third link and the second path, and then sends the fourth status report to the second node, so that the second node reports according to the fourth status, It can know the status of the data packet sent by the second node after being transmitted by the third node and received by the terminal served by the third node, to avoid that the second node cannot correctly interpret the received fourth status report; or,
  • the third node generates a fourth status report according to the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the third link and the fourth link, and then the node between the third node and the second node performs the information in the received status report Convert and send to the next hop until the status report is transmitted to the second node, so that the second node can learn the data packet sent by the second node according to the received status report.
  • the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate that the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the fourth status report is the first The information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the three-node; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node.
  • the identifier of the terminal and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the fourth status report.
  • the terminal served by the third node receives the data packet through the at least one radio bearer Information about the reception status.
  • the node that receives the fourth report status can determine which specific terminal is described by the information in the fourth status report The receiving status of the node; or, by including the identification of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node in the fourth status report, the node receiving the fourth status report can determine the third node service according to the fourth status report The receiving status of the terminal that receives the data packet through different wireless bearers.
  • the third status report includes the identifier of the third node; when the third node is the terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the reception of the data packet included in the third status report
  • the status information is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the third status report includes information indicating that the third node receives the data packet from the first node
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information of the reception status of the data packet included in the third status report is the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, at the third node
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the downlink data packet included in the third status report
  • the information about the transmission state of is the information about the transmission state of the down
  • a communication device having a function of implementing any method provided in the third aspect.
  • This function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may be a third node, or a component or device in the third node, and may also be a system chip in the third node.
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied to a second node.
  • the second node includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the method includes: the distributed unit receives a fifth status report, and the fifth The status report is a status report that the node between the first node and the second node converts the information in the first status report into information that the second node can recognize and sends to the second node.
  • the first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; the distributed unit sends a third message to the centralized unit according to the fifth status report ,
  • the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; wherein, the second node is the host node of the first node, and the first The third node is a node that is switched from the first node to a fourth node, and the first node is a node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched.
  • the point and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node
  • the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless access to the wireless access node Backhaul service
  • the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
  • the centralized unit of the second node can be informed of the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to communicate after the third node switches.
  • the third node sends an unsuccessful data packet.
  • the fifth status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate a sending status of a data packet included in the fifth status report
  • the information is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node.
  • the fifth status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate a sending status of the data packet included in the fifth status report
  • the information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the fifth status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node , The identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the fifth status report is The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the third node.
  • the distributed unit of the second node can be informed that the information contained in the fifth status report is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node, or that The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the node then notifies the centralized unit of the second node through the third message.
  • a communication device includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the distributed unit includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; and the processing unit is configured to receive A fifth status report, where the node between the first node and the communication device converts the information in the first status report into information that can be recognized by the communication device and sends the information to the communication device A status report sent, the first status report includes information indicating the status of sending a data packet sent by the first node to a third node; the processing unit is further used to utilize the fifth status report
  • the communication unit sends a third message to the centralized unit, where the third message includes information indicating the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; wherein, the communication device Is the host node of the first node, the third node is a node switched from the first node to a fourth node, and the first node is the third node Before switching to a node that provides wireless access service to the third node, the
  • the fifth status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate a sending status of a data packet included in the fifth status report
  • the information is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node.
  • the fifth status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate a sending status of the data packet included in the fifth status report
  • the information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the fifth status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node , The identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the fifth status report is The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the third node.
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied to a second node.
  • the second node includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the method includes: the distributed unit receives a first status report from the first node, The first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; the distributed unit sends a third to the centralized unit according to the first status report Message, the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; wherein, the second node is a host node of the first node, the The third node is a node that is switched from the first node to a fourth node.
  • the first node is a node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched.
  • the node and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node
  • the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless access to the wireless access node Line backhaul service
  • the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
  • the first status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate a sending status of a data packet included in the first status report
  • the information is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node.
  • the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate a sending status of the data packet included in the first status report
  • the information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the first status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node , The identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the first status report is The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the third node.
  • the distributed unit of the second node can be informed that the information contained in the first status report is the information about the sending status of the data packet sent to the third node, or that it can be sent to the third party through at least one radio bearer. Information about the sending status of data packets sent by the node.
  • a communication device includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the distributed unit includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to use the communication unit to
  • the first node receives a first status report, where the first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; the processing unit is further configured to A status report using the communication unit to send a third message to the centralized unit, where the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node;
  • the communication device is a host node of the first node, the third node is a node switched from the first node to a fourth node, and the first node is a node before the third node is switched
  • the third node provides a wireless access service node, the first node and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul no
  • the first status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate a sending status of a data packet included in the first status report
  • the information is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node.
  • the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate a sending status of the data packet included in the first status report
  • the information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the first status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node , The identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the first status report is The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the third node.
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied to a second node.
  • the second node includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the method includes: the distributed unit receives a third status report from a third node; The distributed unit sends a fourth message to the centralized unit according to the third status report; in the case where the third node is a terminal, the third status report includes an instruction to indicate the third node Information on the reception status of the data packet received from the first node, the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth message Includes information indicating the receiving state of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third state The report includes information indicating the sending status of the down
  • the first node is a node that provides wireless access services to the third node before the third node switches.
  • the second node is a host node of the first node, the first node and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used to wirelessly access the wireless backhaul
  • the node of the node provides a wireless backhaul service; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
  • the centralized unit of the second node can be informed of the packet reception / transmission status of the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to the third node after the third node switches Send the data packet that has not been successfully sent, or continue to send the data packet that has not been successfully sent to the terminal via the third node.
  • the third status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third node
  • the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the three-state report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the third status report
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the status of the data packet included in the third status report
  • the information of the receiving state is the information of the receiving state of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the third status report includes an instruction for indicating the third node
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in
  • the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the method further includes: the distributed unit receives a fourth status report from the third node, and the fourth status report includes Information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node; the distributed unit sends a fifth message to the centralized unit according to the fourth status report, so The fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
  • the centralized unit of the second node can learn the data packet receiving status of the terminal served by the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to pass through the third node after the third node switches Send data packets that have not been successfully sent to the terminal.
  • the fourth status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate data contained in the fourth status report
  • the information on the reception status of the packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the third node
  • An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the data contained in the fourth status report
  • the information on the reception status of the packet is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
  • a communication device includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the distributed unit includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to use the communication unit to The third node receives a third status report; the processing unit is further configured to send a fourth message to the centralized unit using the communication unit according to the third status report; when the third node is a terminal Next, the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth message includes information indicating that the third node Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes instructions for instructing the third node to Information about the reception status of the data packet received by a node, and the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or , When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes instructions for instruct
  • the third status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third node
  • the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the three-state report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the third status report
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the status of the data packet included in the third status report
  • the information of the receiving state is the information of the receiving state of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the third status report includes an instruction for indicating the third node
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in
  • the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive a fourth status report from the third node using the communication unit, the fourth status The report includes information for indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node; the processing unit is also used for using the communication unit to report to the fourth status report
  • the centralized unit sends a fifth message, where the fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
  • the fourth status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate data contained in the fourth status report
  • the information on the reception status of the packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the third node
  • An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the data contained in the fourth status report
  • the information on the reception status of the packet is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied to a second node.
  • the second node includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the method includes: the distributed unit receives a sixth status report; the first Sixth status report is a status report that the node between the third node and the second node converts the information in the third status report into information identifiable by the second node and sends it to the second node;
  • the distributed unit sends a fourth message to the centralized unit according to the sixth status report; in the case where the third node is a terminal, the sixth status report includes an instruction to indicate the third node Information on the reception status of the data packet received from the first node, the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or,
  • the sixth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth The information includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet
  • the centralized unit of the second node can be informed of the downlink data packet receiving / sending status of the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to the third node after the third node switches Send a data packet that has not been successfully received by the third node or the terminal of the third node.
  • the sixth status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third node
  • the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the sixth status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the sixth status report
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the status of the data packet included in the sixth status report
  • the information of the reception status is the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the sixth status report includes an instruction for indicating the third node
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the
  • the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the method further includes: the distributed unit receives a seventh status report, and the seventh status report is the third node and all The node between the second nodes converts the information in the fourth status report into information identifiable by the second node and sends a status report to the second node, the fourth status report includes a Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node; the distributed unit sends a fifth message to the centralized unit according to the seventh status report, the fifth The message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
  • the distributed unit of the second node can correctly parse the information in the seventh status report to generate The fifth message notifies the centralized unit of the second node of the data reception status of the service terminal of the third node.
  • the seventh status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate data contained in the seventh status report
  • the information on the reception status of the packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the seventh status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the third node
  • An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the data contained in the seventh status report
  • the information on the reception status of the packet is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
  • the distributed unit of the second node can be informed that the seventh status report contains information about the reception status of the terminal served by the third node to receive the downlink data packet, or that the terminal served by the third node passes At least one radio bearer receives information about the reception status of the downlink data packet.
  • a communication device includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the distributed unit includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to utilize the communication unit Receiving a sixth status report; the sixth status report is that a node between the third node and the communication device converts the information in the third status report into information that can be recognized by the communication device and communicates to the communication A status report sent by the device; the processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send a fourth message to the centralized unit according to the sixth status report; when the third node is a terminal, the The sixth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth message includes information indicating the third node from the first node.
  • the sixth status report includes a Point information on the reception status of the data packet received from the first node, and the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the sixth status report includes information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, and the fourth message includes Information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node; wherein, the third node is a node that is switched from the first node to the fourth node, and the first node is the A node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched, the communication device is a host node of the first node, and the first node and / or the fourth node are wireless backhaul A node, the wireless backhaul node is used to provide a
  • the sixth status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third node
  • the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the sixth status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the sixth status report
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the status of the data packet included in the sixth status report
  • the information of the reception status is the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the sixth status report includes an instruction for indicating the third node
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the
  • the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the method further includes: the processing unit is further configured to receive a seventh status report using the communication unit, and the seventh status report A status report for the node between the third node and the communication device to convert the information in the fourth status report into information that the communication device can recognize and send to the communication device, the fourth status report It includes information for indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node; the processing unit is also used to use the communication unit to report to the The centralized unit sends a fifth message, where the fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
  • the seventh status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate data contained in the seventh status report
  • the information on the reception status of the packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the seventh status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the third node
  • An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the data contained in the seventh status report
  • the information on the reception status of the packet is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
  • a method for sending a data packet including: a first node receives multiple data packets with the same RLC and SN through multiple paths, and the first node is a node in wireless relay communication; The data packet received from the first path among the multiple paths is RLC SDU, and the first node sends the RLC SDU to the next hop node of the first node; or, the first node passes multiple When the path receives the same RLC and SN data packets, the first node is a node in wireless relay communication; if all received from the multiple paths are RLC SDU segments, and received from the multiple paths There is an RLC SDU segment in the RLC SDU segment that can recover the RLC SDU.
  • the first node will send an RLC SDU segment that can recover the RLC SDU to the next hop node of the first node, or, The first node reassembles the RLC SDU segments received from the multiple paths, and sends the recombined RLC SDU to the next hop node of the first node; or, the first node passes multiple paths Received the same RLC SN packet, The first node is a node in wireless relay communication; if all received from the multiple paths are RLC SDU segments, and the RLC SDU segments received from the multiple paths cannot be used to recover the RLC SDU , The first node sends the RLC SDU segment received on one of the multiple paths to the next hop node of the first node.
  • the data packet when the Adapt layer is located between the MAC layer and the RLC layer, and the end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the terminal and the host node, the data packet can be matched by the actual aggregation node of the data packet. Duplicate detection is used to avoid the transmission of duplicate data packets between two nodes with only one path, and unnecessary transmission resource overhead can be avoided.
  • the method further includes: the first node sends a data packet to the first node in addition to the data packet sent to the next hop node of the first node
  • the data packet sent by the one-hop node with the same SN is deleted.
  • useless data packets can be deleted, thereby freeing the storage space of the first node.
  • a communication device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to use the communication unit to receive multiple data packets with the same RLC and SN through multiple paths, and the communication The device is a node in wireless relay communication; if the data packet received from the first path of the multiple paths is RLC SDU, the processing unit is also used to use the communication unit to send the communication device The next hop node sends the RLC SDU; or, the processing unit is configured to receive the same RLC SN data packet through multiple paths using the communication unit, and the communication device is a node in wireless relay communication; If all the RLC SDU segments received from the multiple paths are RLC SDU segments received from the multiple paths, there is an RLC SDU segment capable of recovering the RLC SDU, the processing unit also The communication unit is used to send the RLC SDU segment capable of recovering the RLC SDU to the next hop node of the communication device, or the processing unit is also used to use the communication unit The RLC SDU segments received
  • the processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send data packets to the communication device other than the data packet sent to the next hop node of the communication device.
  • the data packet with the same SN of the data packet sent by the next hop node is deleted.
  • a communication device includes: a memory, a processor, at least one communication interface, and a communication bus; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and the processor, memory, and at least one communication interface pass through the communication bus Connected, the processor executes computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements any one of the methods provided in the first or thirteenth aspect.
  • the device may be a first node, or a component or device in the first node, and may also be a system chip applied to the first node.
  • a communication device includes: a memory, a processor, at least one communication interface, and a communication bus; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and the processor, memory, and at least one communication interface pass through the communication bus Connected, the processor executes computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements any one of the methods provided in the fifth, seventh, ninth, or eleventh aspects.
  • the device can exist in the form of a chip product.
  • the device may be a second node, or a component or device in the second node, and may also be a system chip applied to the second node.
  • a communication device includes: a memory, a processor, at least one communication interface, and a communication bus; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions; Connected, the processor executes computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements any method provided in the third aspect.
  • the device can exist in the form of a chip product.
  • the device may be a third node, or a component or device in the third node, and may also be a system chip applied to the third node.
  • An eighteenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, the ninth aspect, the first Any one of the methods provided in the eleventh aspect or the thirteenth aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, the ninth aspect, the eleventh Any one of the methods provided in the aspect or the thirteenth aspect.
  • a communication system including a first node and a third node, wherein the first node is used to implement any method provided in the first aspect, and the third node is used to implement the third aspect Either way.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a networking of an IAB node provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network node provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between nodes provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a correspondence relationship between RLC and SN provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another RLC SN correspondence provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a method for sending data packets according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a composition of a network node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • orthogonal frequency division multiple access orthogonal frequency-division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency-division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • system can be used interchangeably with "network”.
  • OFDMA systems can implement wireless technologies such as evolved universal wireless terrestrial access (evolved universal terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA for short), ultra mobile broadband (ultra mobile broadband, UMB for short).
  • E-UTRA is an evolved version of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS).
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) is a new version using E-UTRA in long term evolution (LTE) and various versions based on LTE evolution.
  • the 5th-generation (5G) communication system and new radio (NR) are the next-generation communication systems under study.
  • the communication system can also be adapted to future-oriented communication technologies, and all the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application can also be applied to other networks, for example, it can be applied to an evolved packet system (evolved packet system, referred to as EPS) network (that is, the so-called fourth generation , Referred to as 4G) network).
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • 4G fourth generation
  • the network node performing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be replaced with a network node in the EPS network.
  • the following wireless backhaul node may be a wireless backhaul node in a 5G network.
  • a wireless backhaul node in a 5G network It may be called an IAB node, and of course it may have another name, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless backhaul node in the following may be a wireless backhaul node in the EPS network.
  • the wireless backhaul node in the EPS network may be called a relay Node (relay node, referred to as RN).
  • the wireless backhaul node is used to provide a wireless backhaul service for a node (eg, terminal) that wirelessly accesses the wireless backhaul node, where the wireless backhaul service refers to the backhaul service provided through the wireless backhaul link.
  • a node eg, terminal
  • the wireless backhaul service refers to the backhaul service provided through the wireless backhaul link.
  • a node that supports integrated access and backhaul is called a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node may also be called an RN or an IAB node (IAB node).
  • the wireless backhaul node may have the role of a mobile terminal (MT) and a distributed unit (DU), that is, the wireless backhaul node may include at least one MT unit, and the wireless backhaul node may pass A backhaul connection is established between the at least one MT and at least one parent node of the wireless backhaul node.
  • the DU part of the IAB node can provide access services for the MT part of the terminal or other IAB nodes.
  • the network elements involved in this application include a terminal and a wireless backhaul node (for example, an IAB node hereinafter, a home node hereinafter).
  • the terminal in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as user equipment (user equipment (referred to as UE for short), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device , User terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal can also be a station (ST) in a wireless local area network (WLAN), a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, and a wireless local loop (wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital processing (PDA) device, handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, in-vehicle device, wearable device ( It can also be called a wearable smart device).
  • the terminal may also be a terminal in a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal in 5G or a terminal in a public land mobile network (PLMN) that evolves in the future, a new radio (NR) communication system Terminal in etc.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • NR new radio
  • the access link (access for short, AL) and the backhaul link (for short BL) in the IAB scenario all use a wireless transmission solution.
  • the IAB node can provide wireless access services for the terminal, and connect to the host node (donor node) through the wireless backhaul link to transmit the user's business data.
  • the host node may be a host base station.
  • the host node can be referred to as IAB host (IAB donor) or DgNB (donor gNodeB) in 5G network.
  • the host node can be a complete entity, or it can be in the form of a separate CU and DU.
  • the host node's CU is referred to as Donor-CU (also referred to as CU), and the host node's DU is referred to as Donor-DU, namely The host node consists of Donor-CU and Donor-DU.
  • Donor-CU has functions of SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol) and PDCP layer on the user plane, and RRC (radio resource control) layer and PDCP layer on the control plane;
  • Donor-DU has the functions of RLC (radio link control) layer, MAC (medium access control) layer, and PHY (Physical) layer.
  • the Donor-CU may also be in a form in which the user plane (User) (UP) and the control plane (Control plane (CP)) are separated, that is, composed of CU-CP and CU-UP.
  • the IAB node is connected to the core network through a wired link through a host node (for example, under the 5G architecture of an independent network, the IAB node is connected to the core network of a 5G network (5G) through a host node through a wired link; Under the 5G architecture of non-independent networking, IAB nodes are connected to the evolved packet core network (EPC) via the eNB (evolved NodeB) on the control plane (CP) via the eNB (evolved NodeB), and on the user plane (user UP) Connect to EPC via the host node and eNB).
  • EPC evolved packet core network
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • CP control plane
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • user UP user plane
  • the IAB network supports the networking of multi-hop IAB nodes and multi-connected IAB nodes. Therefore, there may be multiple transmission paths between the terminal and the host node. On a path, there is a certain hierarchical relationship between the IAB nodes, and the IAB node and the host node serving the IAB node.
  • Each IAB node treats the node that provides the backhaul service as a parent node.
  • each The IAB node can be regarded as a child node of its parent node.
  • the parent node of IAB node 1 is the host node
  • IAB node 1 is the parent node of IAB node 2 and IAB node 3
  • IAB node 2 and IAB node 3 are both parent nodes of IAB node 4.
  • the parent node of IAB node 5 is IAB node 3.
  • the uplink data packet of the terminal can be transmitted to the host node through one or more IAB nodes, and then sent by the host node to the mobile gateway device (such as the user plane function (UPF) network element in the 5G network), downstream After the data packet is received by the host node from the mobile gateway device, it is sent to the terminal via one or more IAB nodes.
  • the mobile gateway device such as the user plane function (UPF) network element in the 5G network
  • terminal 1 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 3 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host node terminal 1 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 2 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host node.
  • terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 3 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host node terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 2 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host node
  • terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 3 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host node terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 4 ⁇ IAB node 2 ⁇ IAB Node 1 ⁇ host node
  • terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 5 ⁇ IAB node 2 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host node terminal 2 ⁇ IAB node 5 ⁇ IAB node 2 ⁇ IAB node 1 ⁇ host node.
  • the IAB node may be a customer premises equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE for short), a residential gateway (RG) and other equipment.
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • RG residential gateway
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a scenario of home access.
  • the above IAB networking scenario is only an example.
  • the host node and the IAB node under another host node The dual connection is for terminal services, etc., and will not be listed here one by one.
  • the protocol architecture of the user plane of the IAB node is divided into two categories, namely group1 and group2.
  • group1 is the layer 2 IAB architecture.
  • group2 is the layer 3 IAB architecture.
  • One protocol architecture in group1 is 1a.
  • the protocol architecture has the following characteristics: the PDCP layer equivalent to the terminal is located on the host node or Donor-CU; the IAB node is in the radio link control (radio link control (RLC) and The following protocol layer performs the forwarding of the service data of the terminal, that is, the data packet forwarded by the IAB node is the PDCP PDU of the terminal; an adaptation layer (adaptation layer, which may be referred to as the Adapt layer) is introduced on the return link of the IAB node (about the Adapt layer The role can be found in the relevant part of the description below).
  • the Adapt layer can be above the RLC layer or between the media access control (MAC) layer and the RLC layer, and the terminal can communicate with the host in any of the following ways 1 to 3 Data transmission between nodes.
  • MAC media access control
  • Method 1 A hop-by-hop automatic repeat-request (ARQ) mode (hop-by-hop ARQ) mode is adopted.
  • the Adapt layer may be above the RLC layer or between the MAC layer and the RLC layer .
  • Method 2 The end-to-end ARQ mode (end-to-end ARQ) is adopted.
  • the Adapt layer may be between the MAC layer and the RLC layer.
  • Manner 3 The end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the IAB node and the host node that provide wireless access services for the terminal.
  • the Adapt layer may be between the MAC layer and the RLC layer.
  • the end-to-end ARQ mode refers to the ARQ mode used between two end nodes.
  • ARQ-related functions are configured on the RLC entities of the two end nodes.
  • the intermediate nodes do not need to configure ARQ functions.
  • the RLC layer of the intermediate node may have segmentation (segmentation) and / or re-segmentation (re-segmentation) functions.
  • segmentation is for a complete RLC SDU
  • sub-segmentation is for an RLC SDU segment.
  • the terminal sends a data packet to the host node through the IAB node.
  • the host node When the host node correctly receives the data packet, it will feed back an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK) message to the IAB node.
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • NACK non-acknowledgement
  • the terminal When the host node feeds back a NACK message, the terminal will re-send the data packet to the host node through the IAB node.
  • the hop-by-hop ARQ mode means that any two adjacent nodes adopt the ARQ mode.
  • the ARQ function is configured on each node in a path, that is, the RLC layer of the intermediate node has the function of segmentation and / or re-segmentation, and also has the related function of ARQ.
  • the packet is forwarded, and the node that sent the data packet (that is, the previous hop node of the intermediate node) can also be fed back whether the data packet is correctly received.
  • the Adapt layer has at least one of the following capabilities: adding routing information to the data packet that can be recognized by the wireless backhaul node, performing routing based on the routing information that can be recognized by the wireless backhaul node, and adding energy to the data packet Identification information related to quality of service (QoS) requirements identified by the wireless backhaul node, performing QoS mapping for data packets on the multi-segment link containing the wireless backhaul node, adding data packets to the data packets Type indication information, sending flow control feedback information to nodes with flow control capabilities.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the routing information that can be recognized by the wireless backhaul node may be the terminal identifier, the IAB node identifier that the terminal accesses, the host node identifier, the Donor-DU identifier, the Donor-CU identifier, and the transmission path.
  • One or more types of information such as logos.
  • the QoS mapping on the multi-segment link may be: based on the identifier of the wireless bearer of the terminal carried in the data packet in the backhaul link, performing from the wireless bearer of the terminal to the wireless bearer or RLC channel or logic on the backhaul link Channel mapping; it can also be based on the corresponding relationship between the radio link / RLC channel / logical channel of the previous hop link and the next hop link, to perform the radio bearer or RLC channel or logic from the previous hop link Channel, mapping to radio bearer or RLC channel or logical channel of next hop link.
  • the data packet type indication information may be used to indicate that the content encapsulated in the Adapt layer contains any one of the following types: terminal user plane data, terminal radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) message, IAB) Node RRC message, control layer application message on the interface between the IAB node and the host node (or Donor-CU or CU-CP) (such as F1 application protocol (F1 application protocol (F1AP) message), flow control generated by the IAB node Feedback messages, etc.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • IAB terminal radio resource control
  • IAB node RRC message
  • control layer application message on the interface between the IAB node and the host node (or Donor-CU or CU-CP) (such as F1 application protocol (F1 application protocol (F1AP) message), flow control generated by the IAB node Feedback messages, etc.
  • F1 application protocol F1 application protocol (F1AP) message
  • the identification information related to the QoS requirements may be the terminal's QoS flow identifier (Qos flow identifier, QFI for short), the terminal's radio bearer (data radio bearer (DRB) or signaling radio bearer (signalling radio bearer, (Referred to as SRB)), differentiated services code points (differentiated services codes (DSCP), etc.).
  • Qos flow identifier QFI for short
  • the terminal's radio bearer data radio bearer (DRB) or signaling radio bearer (signalling radio bearer, (Referred to as SRB)
  • differentiated services code points differentiated services code points
  • the node with flow control capability may be a host node, a Donor-DU, a Donor-CU, a parent node of an IAB node, etc., an upstream node that provides a backhaul service for the IAB node.
  • the content of the flow control feedback information may include one or more of the following information: the cache status and load level of the IAB node, including the status of a certain link of the IAB node (such as link blocking (blockage) or link recovery ( resume) or link quality information, etc.), including the bandwidth and transmission delay of a certain link of the IAB node, the sequence number of the packet lost by the IAB node, and the sequence number of the packet that the IAB node has successfully sent to the terminal or its child nodes.
  • the function of the Adapt layer can also be extended by the function of any layer (for example, RLC layer, MAC layer, PDCP layer, etc.) included in layer 2 or any number of layers without additional protocols.
  • any layer for example, RLC layer, MAC layer, PDCP layer, etc.
  • the F1AP layer is used to carry control plane messages between the DU (may be the donor-DU of the host node or the DU part of the IAB node, that is, the IAB-DU) and the CU (or CU-CP) .
  • Control plane messages include one or more of the following messages: messages related to interface management between DU and CU, messages related to DU and CU configuration update, and messages related to DU subnodes (including terminals and other IAB nodes, etc.) Context configuration messages, messages that carry RRC messages of DU's child nodes in a message container, etc.
  • the specific location of the F1AP layer is not limited. It should be noted that the name of the protocol layer with these capabilities is not necessarily the F1AP layer.
  • any protocol layer with these capabilities can be understood as the F1AP layer in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a message generated or sent by a node on the F1AP protocol layer may be called an F1AP message.
  • the DU may be the donor-DU of the host node or the DU of the IAB node.
  • the H-RLC layer and the L-RLC are the two layers obtained after dividing the functions of the RLC layer.
  • the RLC layer is in acknowledged mode (AM)
  • the H-RLC layer contains the allocation sequence number, ARQ function, reassembly function
  • the L-RLC layer contains the segmentation function
  • the H-RLC layer Including allocation sequence number, ARQ function, L-RLC layer contains segmentation, reorganization function.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the network node 20, including at least one processor 201, a communication bus 202, a memory 203, and at least one communication interface 204.
  • the processor 201 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU for short), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC for short), or one or more programs for controlling the application program Implementation of integrated circuits.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication bus 202 may include a path to transfer information between the aforementioned components.
  • the communication interface 204 can be any device such as a transceiver, and is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), and WLAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the memory 203 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM for short) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM for short), or a memory that can store information and instructions
  • Other types of dynamic storage devices can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable-read-only memory, EEPROM for short), compact disc-read-only memory (CD-ROM), or other optical discs Storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures And any other media that can be accessed by the computer, but not limited to this.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the bus. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 203 is used to store application program code for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled and executed by the processor 201.
  • the processor 201 is used to execute the application program code stored in the memory 203, so as to implement the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2.
  • the network node 20 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 201 and the processor 208 in FIG. 2. Each of these processors can be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and / or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the network node 20 may further include an output device 205 and an input device 206.
  • Source host node The host node before a node is switched.
  • Target host node The host node after a node is switched.
  • Link The path between two adjacent nodes in a path.
  • Node's last hop node refers to the node in the path containing the node that received the data packet last before the node.
  • Node's next hop node refers to the node in the path containing the node that receives the packet first after the node.
  • Node's last-hop link refers to the link between the node and the node's previous-hop node.
  • Node's next hop link refers to the link between this node and this node's next hop node.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an application scenario where the third node switches from the first node to the fourth node.
  • the nodes involved in the embodiments of the present application include the first node to the sixth node.
  • the third node is a node switched from the first node to the fourth node; the first node is the node before the third node is switched.
  • the third node provides a wireless access service node;
  • the fourth node is a node that provides wireless access service for the third node after the third node is switched;
  • the fifth node is a node that provides wireless access service for the first node;
  • the node is the host node of the first node;
  • the sixth node is the host node of the fourth node.
  • the first node and / or the fourth node are wireless backhaul nodes, and the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node.
  • the first node to the sixth node are
  • node naming is only for the convenience of description of the embodiments of the present application. It can be understood that when the second node is a node that provides wireless access services for the first node, the fifth node and the second node are the same node; when the first node's home node and the fourth node's home node are the same In the case of nodes, the second node and the sixth node are the same node; there may be other nodes between the fifth node and the second node and between the fourth node and the sixth node.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied in the application scenario shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5.
  • the third node in the following is a terminal, and the first node is an IAB node 2.
  • the four nodes are IAB node 3, and the second node is the host node 1.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also be applied in the application scenario shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7, in this case, the third node in the following is IAB node 4, the first node is IAB node 2, and the fourth The node is IAB node 3, and the second node is host node 1.
  • the second node may send the status report through the first node (for details, see the description in the embodiment) or the third node sends the status report (for details, please refer to the description in the second part of the embodiment) to know the status of the sent data packet (for example, whether it was successfully sent, whether it was successfully received, whether it was sent, etc.), so as to continue the data packet transmission after the third node switches to the fourth node (Including retransmission) and other operations.
  • the receiving state of the data packet in the embodiment of the present application is that the data packet is successfully received or the data packet is not successfully received.
  • the sending status of the data packet is that the data packet is sent or the data packet is not sent, or the sending status of the data packet is the data packet that was successfully sent (that is, the data packet was sent and the receiving end successfully received) or the data packet that was not successfully sent (that is, Sent, and the receiving end did not successfully receive the data packet).
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, as shown in FIG. 8, including:
  • the second node determines that the third node needs to be switched from the first node to the fourth node, it sends first indication information to the first node and / or sends a switching command to the third node.
  • the second node may first send it to the first node, and the first node will forward it to the third node.
  • the first node receives the first indication information and / or the handover command from the second node.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first node to stop sending data packets to the third node
  • the switch command is used to switch the third node from the first node to the fourth node.
  • the handover command may be an RRC message, such as an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the first node receives the first indication information from the second node, and when the second node sends the handover command to the first node, the first node The second node receives the handover command, and when the second node sends the first instruction information and the handover command to the first node, the first node receives the first instruction information and the handover command from the second node.
  • the second node may receive the measurement report sent by the third node, and determine that the third node needs to be switched from the first node to the fourth node according to the measurement report.
  • the measurement report may include the signal strength of the reference signals of different cells measured by the third node, and the second node determines that the signal strength of the reference signal of the cell covered by the first node is less than the first threshold according to the measurement report, and When the signal strength of the reference signal of the cell covered by the fourth node is greater than the second threshold, it is determined that the third node needs to be switched from the first node to the fourth node.
  • the first threshold and the second threshold may be the same or different, and specific values may be determined according to actual application scenarios.
  • the second node may determine that one or more links in the path between the third node and the second node are interrupted or congested, and determine that the third node needs to Switch to the fourth node.
  • the first node sends a first status report to the second node.
  • the first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node.
  • the second node receives the first status report from the first node, and determines the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node according to the first status report.
  • the first status report may be an Adapt layer status report or an RLC layer status report.
  • the data packet sent by the first node to the third node is an RLC SDU segment or RLC SDU
  • the first status report includes an RLC SDU segment or RLC used to instruct the first node to send the third node SDU transmission status information.
  • the first status report when the first status report is a status report of the Adapt layer, the first status report uses PDCP SN information to indicate the sending status of the PDCP PDU sent by the first node to the third node.
  • the first status report includes the identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate that the information about the sending status of the data packet included in the first status report is the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node. information.
  • the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information about the sending status of the data packet included in the first status report is the sending of the data packet sent to the third node Status information; or, the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node and an identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node, and the identifier of the third node and the identifier of the at least one radio bearer are used to indicate the first status report
  • the information about the transmission status of the data packet contained in the information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node through the at least one radio bearer.
  • the identifier of the node may be the node's cell radio network temporary identifier (cell-radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI), international mobile user
  • the identification code international mobile subscriber identification number, IMSI
  • temporary mobile subscriber identity temporary mobile identity, TMSI
  • the radio bearer identification is used to identify the node's data radio bearer (DRB) and / or signaling radio bearer (signaling radio bearer, SRB).
  • both the node identifier and the node bearer identifier may be identified by a tunnel end point identifier (GPRS tunneling protocol (GPRS) tunnel protocol (GTP) corresponding to the wireless bearer of the node).
  • GTP tunnel end point identifier
  • the GTP tunnel can be a transmission channel between the host node / donor-CU and the DU that provides access services for the node (such as the DU part of the IAB node that provides access services, or donor-DU) .
  • step 802 may be implemented in the following manner 1 or manner 2.
  • step 802 may be implemented in the following manner 2.
  • Manner 1 The first node sends the first status report to the second node end-to-end.
  • the node between the first node and the second node may forward the first status report to the second node.
  • step 802 if the second node includes donor-CU and donor-DU, the method may further include:
  • the donor-DU receives the first status report from the first node
  • the donor-DU sends a third message to the donor-CU according to the first status report, where the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node.
  • the donor-DU can convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the first status report, and according to After conversion, the corresponding PDCP SN generates a third message and sends it to the donor-CU.
  • Manner 2 The first node sends the first status report to the second node hop by hop.
  • step 802 when specifically implemented, includes: the first node sends a first status report to the second node through the node between the first node and the second node, and the node between the first node and the second node is used to The information in the status report received from the previous hop node is converted into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and placed in the status report to be sent to the next hop node.
  • the node between the first node and the second node can be based on the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link and the status report sent by the previous hop node.
  • the RLC SN generates a status report sent to the next hop node and places it in the status report to send to the next hop node.
  • a node may replace the RLC SN in the received status report with the RLC SN on the next-hop link corresponding to the RLC SN, thereby converting the status report to the next-hop node.
  • step 802 if the second node includes a donor-CU and a donor-DU, the method may further include:
  • the donor-DU receives the fifth status report.
  • the fifth status report is that the node between the first node and the second node converts the information in the first status report into information identifiable by the second node and sends it to the second node Status report.
  • the donor-DU sends a third message to the donor-CU according to the fifth status report, where the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node.
  • the donor-DU may convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the fifth status report, and according to After conversion, the corresponding PDCP SN generates a third message and sends it to the donor-CU.
  • the fifth status report may include the identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate that the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the fifth status report is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node .
  • the fifth status report may further include an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the fifth status report is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node
  • the fifth status report also includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer, and the identifier of the third node and the identifier of the at least one radio bearer are used to indicate the sending of the data packet included in the fifth status report
  • the state information is information about the sending state of the data packet sent to the third node through the at least one radio bearer.
  • the third message in the foregoing embodiment may be a downlink data transmission status (downlink data delivery status, DDDS for short) report.
  • the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the first hop node of the first node and the second node includes second indication information
  • one The second indication information included in the status report is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be recognized by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and send the information to the next hop node send.
  • the status report between the previous hop node of the second node and the second node may also include second indication information, so that the donor- in the second node The DU sends a third message to the donor-CU of the second node according to the second instruction information.
  • a common communication scenario that is, a communication scenario in which data transmission is normally performed between the second node and the third node when the third node does not switch
  • the node between the first node and the second node is When receiving a status report, you can retransmit the incorrectly sent data packet to the node that sent the status report according to the status report. The received status report will not be converted and sent to the next hop node.
  • the information in the first status report needs to be fed back to the second node, and the node between the first node and the second node needs to convert the received status report and send it to the next hop node.
  • the second indication information is added to the status report to distinguish the status report in the ordinary communication scenario from the status report in the communication scenario where the third node performs handover.
  • the status report is an Adapt layer status report
  • the second indication information may be placed in the Adapt layer status report, or may be indicated by the message type of the Adapt layer status report.
  • the method may further include: 31) The first node generates a first status report.
  • Step 31) In specific implementation, it can be implemented in the following manner (1) or manner (2).
  • Method (1) The first node generates a first status report according to the sent data packet.
  • the transmission state of the data packet is that the data packet is transmitted or the data packet is not transmitted.
  • the first node can directly feed back the information about the transmission status of the RLC SDU segment to the second node.
  • the first node when receiving the data packet sent by the second node, the first node does not reassemble the RLC SDU segment, and directly sends the RLC SDU segment to the third node.
  • the first node may feed back the information of the RLC SDU transmission status to the second node. In this case, the first node reassembles the RLC SDU segment when it receives the data packet sent by the second node. Send the complete RLC SDU to the third node.
  • the SN of the data packet may be used to indicate the sending or receiving status of the data packet in the first status report.
  • the first status report may include the information about the maximum RLC SN of the data packet that has been sent to the third node, and the information about the RLC SN of the data packet that was not sent to the third node before the maximum RLC SN, It may also include information about the RLC and SN of the data packet that the first node thinks are missing or that the third node does not receive.
  • the data packet is not sent to the third node (or the first node thinks it is missing or the first node thinks it is The data packets not received by the three nodes) are RLC SDU segments, and the first status report must also include the offset value information of the segment relative to the original complete RLC SDU (ie SO start and SO end, SO start indicates that the The relative position of the first byte of the segment relative to the first byte of the original complete RLC SDU, SOend indicates the relative position of the last byte of the segment relative to the first byte of the original complete RLC SDU).
  • SO start indicates that the The relative position of the first byte of the segment relative to the first byte of the original complete RLC SDU
  • SOend indicates the relative position of the last byte of the segment relative to the first byte of the original complete RLC SDU.
  • Manner (2) The first node generates a first status report according to the status report sent by the third node.
  • Method (2) may include:
  • the first node sends a first message to the third node, where the first message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node.
  • the third node receives the first message from the first node.
  • the third node sends a second status report to the first node.
  • the second status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node.
  • the first node receives the second status report from the third node.
  • the first node generates the first status report according to the second status report.
  • the first message may be an RLC status polling message.
  • the first node's AM RLC entity may send the first message to the third node.
  • the second status report may be an RLC layer status report.
  • the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node refers to the successful data packet or the unsuccessful data packet.
  • This optional method can enable the second node to more accurately determine the first node and the third node. Whether the data packets between the three nodes were successfully transmitted.
  • the SN of the data packet may be used to indicate the sending or receiving status of the data packet in the first status report.
  • the first status report may include information larger than the largest RLC SN of the data packet that has been successfully sent to the third node, and data that was not successfully sent to the third node before the RLC corresponding to this information
  • the RLC and SN information of the packet may also include the RLC and SN information of the data packet that the first node considers to be lost or that the third node has not received successfully.
  • the first status report also needs to include the offset value of the segment relative to the original complete RLC SDU.
  • step 43) can be implemented in the following manner 3 or manner 4, when the first node sends the first status report to the second node hop by hop , Step 43) can be achieved in the following manner 5.
  • Manner 3 The first node generates a first status report according to the corresponding relationship between the RLC and SN between the first link and the first path and the RLC included in the second status report; the first link is the first node and the third For links between nodes, the first path is the path between the first node and the second node.
  • the third node is a terminal, and the first node may store the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the first link and the first path.
  • the peer RLC layer between the terminal and the first node is a complete RLC layer, and there is a peer H-RLC layer between the first node and the second node.
  • the data packets with RLC SN 1, 2, and 3 on link 1 are the data packets with RLC SN 5, 7, and 9 on path 1, and the RLC SN and path with values 1, 2, and 3 on link 1 are The RLC values of 1, 7, and 9 on 1 have a mapping relationship.
  • the second node can recognize the information in the status report, when the status report received by the first node at the H-RLC layer contains an RLC value of 1, 2, or 3, the first node reports to the H-RLC layer In the status report sent by the second node, 1, 2, or 3 is replaced by 5, 7, or 9, respectively.
  • the first node generates a first status report according to the correspondence between the RLC SN and PDCP SN of the first link and the RLC SN included in the second status report; the first link is the first node and the third node The link between.
  • the third node is a terminal
  • the first status report is an Adapt layer status report
  • the first node may store the correspondence between the RLC SN and PDCP SN of the first link.
  • PDCP SN is the SN of the PDCP layer of the terminal.
  • the first node according to the RLC SN correspondence between the previous hop link (marked as the first link) and the next hop link (marked as the second link) and the second status report contains The RLC SN generates a first status report; the first link is the link between the first node and the third node, and the second link is the link between the first node and the fifth node.
  • the first node may store the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link.
  • the mapping relationship between RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to FIG. 10.
  • the data packet with RLC SN 1, 2 and 3 on link 1 is the data packet with RLC SN 5, 5, and 9 on link 2, then the value of RLC with value 1, 2 and 3 on link 1
  • the status report received by the first node contains an RLC value of 1, 2, or 3
  • the status report sent by the first node to the fifth node will Replace 1, 2, or 3 with 5, 7, or 9, respectively.
  • the first node may send the first status report to the second node when receiving the first indication information and / or the handover command, so that the second node receives the second node
  • the sending status of the data packet sent by the third node thereby avoiding that the third node waits too long for unsuccessful data packets, and improves the communication efficiency of the network.
  • HFN hyperframe number
  • the method further includes: the first node sends the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node to the second node.
  • the first node may continue to transmit the uplink data packet of the third node via its backhaul link, and the second node may count the reception status of the uplink data packet sent by the third node according to the uplink data packet forwarded by the first node.
  • the third node handles the uplink data packet that the third node has sent during the handover process.
  • This optional method provides a method for the first node to send the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node, which ensures the continuity of the uplink service, so that the third node does not need to retransmit after it has been sent Upstream data packets to avoid the waste of air interface resources.
  • the first node transmits the uplink data packet of the third node via its backhaul link, so that the second node continues to perform operations such as data packet transmission (including retransmission).
  • the method further includes: the first node sends third indication information to the second node, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first node has sent all the uplink data packets sent by the cached third node.
  • the third indication information may be included in the last uplink data packet.
  • the third indication information may be carried in 1 bit in the reserved field of the RLC header information, or may be carried in the header of the adaptation layer.
  • the third indication information may also be an independent data packet (adapt PDU or RLC PDU).
  • the third indication information may also be called an end marker.
  • the second node may instruct the first node to release all the context of the third node.
  • the second node may also instruct the first node to release the context of all terminals served by the third node.
  • the second node Send an SN status transfer message to the sixth node.
  • the SN status transfer message is used to indicate to the sixth node the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the second node to the third node and the uplink sent by the third node to the second node The sending state of the data packet, so that the third node continues to transmit the data packet through the sixth node after the handover.
  • the third node transmitting the data packet through the sixth node includes: the third node receives the downstream data packet from the sixth node, and the third node sends the upstream data packet to the sixth node.
  • the downlink data packet may be a downlink data packet sent by the sixth node or sent via the sixth node (for example, sent by the core network through the sixth node).
  • the uplink data packet may be sent by the third node or sent via the third node (for example, sent by a terminal served by the third node, sent by a child node served by the third node, or served by a child node served by the third node The uplink data packet sent by the terminal.
  • the second node sends a downlink data packet that the third node fails to receive and / or the second node to the sixth node through the Xn interface (the interface between NR base stations or the interface between CUs of different NR base stations)
  • the third node may send the upstream data packet that the second node or the first node did not receive successfully to the sixth node.
  • the donor-DU of the sixth node that provides the backhaul connection for the fourth node and the backhaul connection for the first node
  • the donor-DU of the second node is the same donor-DU
  • the donor-DU can directly pass the third node to the third node according to the received information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the second node to the third node.
  • the downlink data packets that the node has not successfully received are retransmitted to the third node, so as to avoid that the downlink data packets that the third node has not successfully received are forwarded multiple times between donor-CU and donor-DU during the handover of the third node.
  • This embodiment provides a communication method, as shown in FIG. 11, including:
  • the second node determines that the third node needs to be switched from the first node to the fourth node, it sends a switching command to the third node.
  • the third node receives the switching command, and the switching command is used for the third node to switch from the first node to the fourth node.
  • step 1101 when step 1101 is specifically implemented, the scenario in which the second node sends the handover command can refer to the description of the corresponding part in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the handover command may be an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the third node sends a third status report to the second node.
  • the third status report includes information indicating the receiving status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node
  • the third status report includes: information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, or information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node.
  • the downlink data packet sent by the third node may be a downlink data packet sent by the third node to the terminal served by it, or may be served by the third node The downlink data packet sent by the wireless backhaul node.
  • the third node is responsible for forwarding the data packets, and does not have the ARQ function.
  • the third node cannot obtain information on the reception status (ie, whether the reception is successful) of the data packet received by the terminal or IAB node served by the third node from the third node. Therefore, when the third node reports the information of the transmission status of the downlink data packet to the second node, it may notify the second node of the sequence number of the downlink data packet that it has sent, so that the second node determines which data packets need to be retransmitted, and so on.
  • the terminal served by the third node may be an ordinary terminal, or may be an IAB node whose role is the terminal (for example, the MT part of the IAB node).
  • the data packet in this embodiment may be segmented by RLC SDU or RLC SDU.
  • the third status report when the third node is a terminal, the third status report may be an RLC layer status report, and when the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report may be an Adapt layer status report or an RLC layer status report.
  • the identifier of the third node may be included in the third status report.
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the third status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node;
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third status report.
  • the information on the reception status of the included data packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the third status report includes a downlink used to instruct the third node to send
  • the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the third status report is the information about the transmission status of the
  • the third status report may also include a terminal served by the third node ,
  • the information used to indicate the sending status of the data packet included in the third status report is the sending status of the data packet sent to the terminal, where the third status report may include the identification of one or more terminals
  • the third status report may also include the terminal's identification and the terminal's wireless bearer's identification, which is used to indicate the sending status of the data packet included in the third status report to the terminal via the terminal's wireless bearer.
  • Information about the transmission status of the transmitted data packet, where the third report status may include one or more radio bearer identifiers of one terminal, or multiple radio bearer identifiers of multiple terminals.
  • the sending or receiving status of the data packet may be indicated by the SN of the data packet.
  • the SN of the data packet may specifically be the SN of the data packet at the RLC layer.
  • the third status report may include information about the maximum RLC of the sent (or received) data packet, and the RLC of the data packet that was not sent (or not received) before the maximum RLC SN If the unsent (or unreceived) data packet is an RLC SDU segment, the third status report must also include the offset value of the segment relative to the original complete RLC SDU.
  • Step 1102 may be implemented in mode 6 or mode 7 when it is specifically implemented.
  • the node between the third node and the second node may forward the third status report to the second node.
  • step 1102 may further include:
  • the donor-DU receives the third status report from the third node.
  • the donor-DU sends a fourth message to the donor-CU according to the third status report.
  • the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node
  • the fourth message includes information indicating that the third node Information on the reception status of data packets received by a node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node Information, the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes an indication Information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node. The fourth message includes information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node.
  • the donor-DU may convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the third status report, and The fourth message is generated according to the converted PDCP SN and sent to the donor-CU.
  • Manner 7 The third node sends the third status report to the second node hop by hop.
  • step 1102 may include: the third node sends a third status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node.
  • the node between the third node and the second node uses Yu converts the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and places it in the status report to send to the next hop node.
  • the node between the third node and the second node can generate a report based on the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link and the status report sent by the previous hop node.
  • the status report sent by the next hop node is placed in the status report and sent to the next hop node.
  • a node may replace the RLC SN in the received status report with the RLC SN on the next-hop link corresponding to the RLC SN, thereby converting the status report to the next-hop node.
  • step 1102 may further include:
  • the donor-DU receives the sixth status report; the sixth status report is that the node between the third node and the second node converts the information in the third status report into information that can be recognized by the second node and sends it to the second node Status report.
  • the donor-DU sends a fourth message to the donor-CU according to the sixth status report.
  • the donor-DU may convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the sixth status report, and The fourth message is generated according to the converted PDCP SN and sent to the donor-CU.
  • the sixth status report includes the identifier of the third node; in the case where the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the sixth status report is the first Information on the reception status of the data packet received by the three nodes; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the sixth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node In the case, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the sixth status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is the wireless backhaul node And, when the sixth status report includes information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information regarding the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the sixth status report Information about the transmission status of the downlink data
  • the fourth message in the foregoing embodiment may be DDDS.
  • the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the third node and the previous hop node of the second node includes fourth indication information, one The fourth indication information included in the status report is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be recognized by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and send the information to the next hop node send.
  • a common communication scenario that is, a communication scenario where data transmission is normally performed between the second node and the third node when the third node does not switch
  • the node between the third node and the second node is When receiving a status report, you can retransmit the incorrectly sent data packet to the node that sent the status report according to the status report. The received status report will not be converted and sent to the next hop node.
  • the information in the third status report needs to be fed back to the second node, and the node between the third node and the second node needs to convert the received status report and send it to the next hop node.
  • the fourth indication information is added to the status report to distinguish the status report in the ordinary communication scenario and the status report in the communication scenario where the third node performs handover.
  • the status report is an Adapt layer status report
  • the fourth indication information may be located in the Adapt layer status report, or may be indicated by the message type of the Adapt layer status report.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third node sends a second message to the terminal served by the third node, and the second message includes information indicating that the terminal served by the third node reports the reception status of the data packet received from the third node.
  • the terminal served by the third node receives the second message from the third node.
  • the terminal served by the third node sends a status report to the third node.
  • the status report of a terminal includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal from the third node.
  • the third node receives the status report of the terminal served by the third node.
  • the third node sends a fourth status report to the second node according to the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and the fourth status report includes a reception status for instructing the terminal served by the third node to receive the data packet from the third node Information.
  • the second message may be an RLC status polling message.
  • the third node's AM RLC entity may send the second message to the terminal served by the third node.
  • the status report of the terminal may be an RLC layer status report
  • the fourth status report may be an RLC layer status report or an Adapt layer status report.
  • This optional method may enable the second node to more accurately determine whether the data packet between the third node and the terminal it serves is successfully transmitted.
  • the optional method may be applied in a scenario where a hop-by-hop ARQ mode is adopted between the terminal and the second node, or an end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the node that provides wireless access service for the terminal and the second node.
  • the third node sends the fourth status report, so that the second node can know the latest information of the data packet transmission status between the third node and the terminal.
  • the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate that the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the fourth status report is the terminal served by the third node Information on the reception status of the received data packet; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node, the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the first The identifier of the at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the three-node is used to indicate the information of the reception status of the data packet included in the fourth status report as the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one radio bearer .
  • Step 73 In specific implementation, it can be implemented by way 8 or way 9.
  • the third node sends the fourth status report to the second node end-to-end.
  • Mode 8 can be implemented in the following mode 1) or mode 2) when it is specifically implemented.
  • the third node generates a fourth status report according to the RLC SN correspondence between the third link and the second path and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and sends the fourth status report to the second node Send the fourth status report.
  • the third node generates a fourth status report according to the correspondence between the RLC SN and PDCP SN of the third link and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and sends the fourth status report to the second node status report.
  • the third link is the link between the third node and the terminal served by the third node
  • the second path is the path between the third node and the second node.
  • the sequence number of the data packet included in the fourth status report may be PDCP SN.
  • step 73) if the second node includes donor-CU and donor-DU, the method may further include:
  • the donor-DU receives the fourth status report from the third node, and the fourth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
  • the donor-DU sends a fifth message to the donor-CU according to the fourth status report, where the fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
  • the donor-DU may convert the RLC SN of the data packet sent (or successfully sent) indicated in it to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the fourth status report, and according to After conversion, the corresponding PDCP SN generates a fifth message and sends it to the donor-CU.
  • the donor-DU may include the PDCP SN in the fourth status report in the fifth message and send it to the donor-CU.
  • the third node sends the fourth status report to the second node hop by hop.
  • Method 9 may include: the third node generates the fourth status report according to the RLC SN correspondence between the third link and the fourth link and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node , And send a fourth status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node.
  • the node between the third node and the second node is used for the status report received from the previous hop node.
  • the information is converted into information that can be identified by the next-hop node and sent to the next-hop node, and the fourth link is the link between the third node and the first node.
  • the implementation manner of the manner 9 is similar to the implementation manner of the manner 5 in the foregoing embodiment, and specific reference may be made to the above for understanding, and details are not described herein again.
  • step 73) if the second node includes donor-CU and donor-DU, the method may further include:
  • the donor-DU receives the seventh status report.
  • the seventh status report is that the node between the third node and the second node converts the information in the fourth status report into information that the second node can recognize and sends it to the second node.
  • Status report, the fourth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node;
  • the donor-DU sends a fifth message to the donor-CU according to the seventh status report, where the fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
  • the donor-DU can convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the seventh status report, and according to After conversion, the corresponding PDCP SN generates a fifth message and sends it to the donor-CU.
  • the seventh status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate that the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the seventh status report is the terminal served by the third node Information on the reception status of the received data packet; or, the seventh status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node, the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the first The identifier of the at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the three-node is used to indicate the information of the reception status of the data packet included in the seventh status report as the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one radio bearer .
  • the fifth message in the foregoing embodiment may be DDDS.
  • the third node may send a third status report to the second node when receiving the handover command (that is, not after the handover is completed), so that the second node receives the data packet as soon as possible. Sending state or receiving state, so as to avoid waiting for unsuccessful or unsuccessful data packets for too long, and improve the communication efficiency of the network.
  • the problem that the superframe number between the second node and the third node is out of synchronization due to a large gap generated by the sequence number PDCP SN of the PDCP PDU received by the third node can be avoided.
  • the second node needs to The node sends an SN status (transfer) message.
  • the SN status transfer message is used to indicate to the sixth node the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node or the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node So that the third node continues to transmit data packets through the sixth node after the handover.
  • the third node transmitting the data packet through the sixth node includes: the third node receives the downlink data packet from the sixth node, and the third node sends the uplink data packet to the sixth node.
  • the downlink data packet may be a downlink data packet sent by the sixth node or sent via the sixth node (for example, sent by the core network through the sixth node).
  • the uplink data packet may be sent by the third node or sent via the third node (for example, sent by a terminal served by the third node, sent by a child node served by the third node, or served by a child node served by the third node The uplink data packet sent by the terminal.
  • the second node sends the sixth node an unsuccessful or unsent downlink data packet to the sixth node through the Xn interface, and then the sixth node retransmits the unsuccessful downlink data packet of the third node through the fourth node
  • the downlink data packet transmitted to the third node or sent to the third node by the second node is not sent to the third node.
  • the donor-DU of the sixth node that provides the backhaul connection for the fourth node and the backhaul connection for the first node
  • the donor-DU can be based on the received state of the data packet received by the third node from the first node or the sent state of the downlink data packet sent by the third node Information, directly retransmit the downlink data packets that the third node did not receive or did not send to the third node directly through the fourth node, so as to avoid that the third node did not receive successful or unsent data during the handover of the third node
  • Downstream data packets are forwarded multiple times between donor-CU and donor-DU.
  • the third node in the above embodiment is denoted as node 3
  • the first node is denoted as S-IAB
  • the fourth node is denoted as T-IAB
  • the host nodes of the first node and the fourth node are the same node , Recorded as IAB donor, as shown in Figure 12, the method includes:
  • Node 3 sends a measurement report to the IAB donor.
  • the IAB donor receives the measurement report from node 3.
  • the IAB donor determines that the node 3 needs to switch from the S-IAB to the T-IAB according to the measurement report, and then sends a context establishment request to the T-IAB.
  • the IAB donor can send a context establishment request to the T-IAB through the F1AP layer.
  • the context establishment request is used to request the establishment of the context and bearer of the node 3 on the T-IAB.
  • the T-IAB may send a context establishment response to the IAB donor, which is used to feed back the context of the node 3 and the establishment of the bearer to the IAB donor.
  • the IAB donor sends the first indication information to the S-IAB.
  • the S-IAB receives the first instruction information from the IAB donor.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the S-IAB to stop sending data packets to the node 3.
  • the first indication information may be a context update request.
  • the IAB donor sends a handover command to node 3.
  • node 3 receives the switching command from the IAB donor.
  • the switching command is used for node 3 to switch from S-IAB to T-IAB.
  • the handover command may be an RRC message (eg RRC reconfiguration message).
  • the IAB donor can specifically send a handover command to the node 3 through the S-IAB.
  • the S-IAB sends the first status report to the IAB donor according to the first instruction information or the handover command (denoted as mode 1); or, the node 3 sends the third status report to the IAB donor according to the handover command (denoted as mode 2).
  • the S-IAB sends the buffered data packet sent by the node 3 to the IAB donor.
  • the S-IAB After sending the last data packet sent by the cached node 3, the S-IAB sends the third instruction information to the IAB donor. Correspondingly, the IAB donor receives the third instruction information from the S-IAB.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the S-IAB has sent all the uplink data packets sent by the buffered node 3.
  • the IAB donor sends the routing update configuration information to the IAB node (denoted as I-IAB) between the IAB donor and the T-IAB.
  • I-IAB the IAB node
  • the routing update configuration information is used to indicate the routing information updated to the node 3 or T-IAB.
  • the IAB donor can send the routing update configuration information to the I-IAB through F1AP messages or RRC messages.
  • the routing update configuration information may include the QoS mapping rules of the backhaul link involved in the I-IAB, so that after the node 3 switches to the T-IAB, the I-IAB can perform the data packet forwarding according to the service requirements of the node 3.
  • Node 3 initiates random access at the T-IAB to access the cell served by the T-IAB.
  • Node 3 sends a handover complete message to the T-IAB node.
  • the handover complete message is used to indicate that node 3 has completed the handover.
  • the handover complete message may be an RRC message (for example, an RRC reconfiguration complete message).
  • the T-IAB sends a control plane message including the handover complete message of node 3 to the IAB donor.
  • This control plane message is used to notify the IAB donor that the node 3 handover is complete.
  • the IAB donor instructs the S-IAB to release all the context of node 3.
  • the IAB donor may also instruct the S-IAB to release the context of all terminals served by node 3.
  • the S-IAB sends the context release complete message of node 3 to the IAB donor.
  • the context release complete message is used to notify the IAB donor that the context release of node 3 on the S-IAB is complete.
  • Step 1212 and step 1213 can be performed after step 1207.
  • the data packets in these two nodes can be shunted.
  • the node performs data packet replication and transmits them separately through the multiple paths.
  • the node where the data packets in these two nodes converge ie, the first node below performs duplication detection of the data packet to improve Transmission reliability. For example, referring to FIG.
  • IAB node 4 there are two paths available between IAB node 4 and IAB node 1, then when a data packet is sent from IAB node 4 to IAB node 1, IAB node 4 can make two copies of the data packet, two copies of the data The packets are sent through two paths, and IAB node 1 repeatedly detects the received data packets.
  • the IAB nodes on different paths between the terminal and the host node are different. All IAB nodes may segment the RLC SDU of the terminal, and the segmentation methods are independent of each other. In the prior art, the IAB node does not reorganize the RLC SDU segment by default, so it may lead to Transmit multiple copies of the same data packet (such as RLC SDU), resulting in a waste of transmission resources.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a method for sending data packets, as shown in FIG. 13, including:
  • the first node receives multiple data packets with the same RLC and SN through multiple paths.
  • the first node is a node in wireless relay communication.
  • the first node in this embodiment has no direct relationship with the first node in the above.
  • Multiple data packets may include RLC SDU segments and / or RLC SDUs.
  • the first node sends the RLC SDU to the next hop node of the first node; or, if all the received paths are RLC SDU segmentation, and there are RLC SDU segments that can recover RLC SDUs in RLC SDU segments received from multiple paths, the first node will be able to recover RLC SDU RLC SDU segments to the first node next The hop node sends, or the first node reassembles the RLC SDU segments received from multiple paths, and sends the reorganized RLC SDU to the first node's next hop node; or, if it receives from multiple paths The RLC SDU segments are received, and the RLC SDU segments received from multiple paths cannot be used to recover the RLC SDU.
  • the first node directs the RLC SDU segments received on one of the multiple paths to the first The node's next hop node sends.
  • the first path may be any path among multiple paths.
  • the data packet when the Adapt layer is located between the MAC layer and the RLC layer, and the end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the terminal and the host node, the data packet can be processed by the actual aggregation node of the data packet.
  • Duplicate detection to avoid transferring duplicate data packets between two nodes with only one path, can avoid unnecessary transmission resource overhead.
  • the method further includes: the first node sets the same SN as the data packet sent to the next hop node of the first node except for the data packet sent to the next hop node of the first node The packet is deleted.
  • the first node sets the same SN as the data packet sent to the next hop node of the first node except for the data packet sent to the next hop node of the first node
  • the packet is deleted.
  • the end-to-end reorganization refers to that two end nodes reassemble the data packets, and the remaining nodes do not reassemble the data packets.
  • the sending node when the sending node sends a data packet to the receiving node through the intermediate node, the sending node can segment the RLC SDU at the RLC layer, or the intermediate node can segment the complete RLC SDU or RLC SDU Segments are re-segmented, but the intermediate node does not reassemble the received RLC SDU segments until these RLC SDU segments are transmitted to the receiving node, which reassembles the received RLC segments and recovers Complete RLC SDU.
  • the end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted in the IAB network.
  • each network element such as the first node, the second node, or the third node, includes a hardware structure and / or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the first node, the second node, or the third node may be divided into functional units according to the above method examples, for example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated In a processing unit.
  • the above integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of the units in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 14 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the network node involved in the above embodiment.
  • the network node includes a processing unit 1401 and a communication unit 1402, and may further include a storage unit 1403.
  • the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 14 can be used to illustrate the structure of the first node, the second node, or the third node involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1401 is used to control and manage the actions of the first node, for example, the processing unit 1401 is used to support the first
  • the node executes the processes 801-802 in FIG. 8, the processes 1201, 1203-1207, 1212-1213 in FIG. 12, the steps in FIG. 13, and / or the first node in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application The action performed.
  • the communication unit 1402 is used to support communication between the first node and other network entities, for example, communication with the second node shown in FIG. 8.
  • the storage unit 1403 is used to store the program code and data of the first node.
  • the processing unit 1401 is used to control and manage the actions of the second node, for example, the processing unit 1401 is used to support the second
  • the node executes the processes 801-802 in FIG. 8, the processes 1101-1102 in FIG. 11, the processes 1201-1208, 1211-1213 in FIG. 12, and / or the second of the other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the actions performed by the node The communication unit 1402 is used to support communication between the second node and other network entities, for example, communication with the first node shown in FIG. 8.
  • the storage unit 1403 is used to store the program code and data of the second node.
  • the processing unit 1401 is used to control and manage the actions of the third node, for example, the processing unit 1401 is used to support the third
  • the node executes the processes 1101-1102 in FIG. 11, the processes 1201, 1204, 1205 (mode 2), 1209-1210 in FIG. 12, and / or the third node in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. action.
  • the communication unit 1402 is used to support communication between the third node and other network entities, for example, communication with the second node shown in FIG. 11.
  • the storage unit 1403 is used to store the program code and data of the third node.
  • the processing unit 1401 may be a processor or a controller
  • the communication unit 1402 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term and may include one or more interfaces.
  • the storage unit 1403 may be a memory.
  • the network node involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the network node shown in FIG. 2.
  • the processor 201 is used to control and manage the actions of the first node, for example, the processor 201 is used to support the first
  • the node executes the processes 801-802 in FIG. 8, the processes 1201, 1203-1207, 1212-1213 in FIG. 12, the steps in FIG. 13, and / or the first node in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application
  • the communication interface 204 is used to support communication between the first node and other network entities, for example, communication with the second node shown in FIG. 8.
  • the memory 203 is used to store the program code and data of the first node.
  • the processor 201 is used to control and manage the actions of the second node, for example, the processor 201 is used to support the second
  • the node executes the processes 801-802 in FIG. 8, the processes 1101-1102 in FIG. 11, the processes 1201-1208, 1211-1213 in FIG. 12, and / or the second of the other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication interface 204 is used to support communication between the second node and other network entities, for example, communication with the first node shown in FIG. 8.
  • the memory 203 is used to store the program code and data of the second node.
  • the processor 201 is used to control and manage the actions of the third node, for example, the processor 201 is used to support the third
  • the node executes the processes 1101-1102 in FIG. 11, the processes 1201, 1204, 1205 (mode 2), 1209-1210 in FIG. 12, and / or the third node in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. action.
  • the communication interface 204 is used to support communication between the third node and other network entities, for example, communication with the second node shown in FIG. 11.
  • the memory 203 is used to store the program code and data of the third node.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform any of the above methods.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the above methods.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides an apparatus, which exists in the form of a chip product.
  • the apparatus includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver component.
  • the transceiver component includes an input and output circuit.
  • the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions.
  • the computer executes instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods.
  • the execution subject that executes the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a chip.
  • the network node in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a network device.
  • the above-mentioned first node may be called a first device
  • the second node may be called a second device
  • the wireless backhaul node may be called a wireless backhaul device.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center by wire (e.g.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device including one or more servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (for example, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (for example, DVD), or semiconductor media (for example, solid state disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a communication method and apparatus for improving communication efficiency of a network. The method comprises: a first node receiving first indication information and/or a switching command from a second node, wherein the first indication information is used for instructing the first node to stop sending a data packet to a third node and the switching command is used for the third node to switch from the first node to a fourth node; the first node sending a first state report to the second node, wherein the first state report comprises information for indicating a transmitting state of the data packet sent from the first node to the third node. The second node is a host node of the first node; the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node; the first node is the node supplying a wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched; the first node and/or the fourth node are wireless backhaul nodes; the wireless backhaul node is used for supplying a wireless backhaul service to a node wirelessly accessing the wireless backhaul node; and the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device
本申请要求于2018年11月2日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201811303106.3、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of a Chinese patent application filed on November 2, 2018, with the application number 201811303106.3 and the application name "Communication Method and Device", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
现有技术中，当终端在不同基站之间切换的过程中，为保障终端的业务的连续性，终端在切换完成后，可以向目标基站(或目标基站的集中式单元(centralized unit，简称CU))发送分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，简称PDCP)状态报告(status report)，目标基站(或目标基站的CU)可根据该状态报告将未被终端正确接收到的PDCP协议数据单元(protocol data unit，简称PDU)重新发送给终端。In the prior art, when the terminal is switching between different base stations, in order to ensure the continuity of the terminal's services, the terminal can send the target base station (or the centralized unit (CU for short) of the target base station after the handover is completed )) Sending a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) status report (status report), the target base station (or the target base station's CU) can use this status report to report the PDCP protocol data unit that has not been correctly received by the terminal ( protocol, data, unit (PDU for short) is re-sent to the terminal.
在接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul，简称IAB)网络(即包含IAB节点的网络)中，存在多跳和多连接场景，即多个节点(例如，多个IAB节点)可以同时为终端服务、且终端可以通过多跳IAB节点传输数据包。该情况下，若沿用现有技术中的方法来保障终端的业务的连续性，则可以由终端在切换完成后向目标宿主基站发送PDCP状态报告，以使得目标宿主基站获知未被终端正确接收到的数据包，但是由于终端可能通过多跳IAB节点传输数据包，采用该方法会导致未被终端成功接收到的数据包等待的时间较长，进而降低网络的通信效率。In an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) network (that is, a network containing IAB nodes), there are multi-hop and multi-connection scenarios, that is, multiple nodes (for example, multiple IAB nodes) can be Terminal services, and terminals can transmit data packets through multi-hop IAB nodes. In this case, if the method in the prior art is followed to ensure the continuity of the terminal's services, the terminal may send a PDCP status report to the target host base station after the handover is completed, so that the target host base station knows that it has not been correctly received by the terminal Data packets, but because the terminal may transmit data packets through the multi-hop IAB node, using this method will result in a longer waiting time for the data packets that are not successfully received by the terminal, thereby reducing the communication efficiency of the network.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法和装置，用于提高网络的通信效率。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device for improving the communication efficiency of a network.
为达到上述目的，本申请实施例提供如下技术方案：To achieve the above purpose, the embodiments of the present application provide the following technical solutions:
第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：第一节点从第二节点接收第一指示信息和/或切换命令，第一指示信息用于指示第一节点停止向第三节点发送数据包，切换命令用于第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点；第一节点向第二节点发送第一状态报告，第一状态报告包括用于指示第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，第二节点为第一节点的宿主节点，第三节点为终端或无线回传节点，第一节点为在第三节点切换之前为第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，第一节点和/或第四节点为无线回传节点，无线回传节点用于为无线接入无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；第一节点至第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。第一方面提供的方法，第一节点可以在接收到第一指示信息和/或切换命令时，就向第二节点发送第一状态报告，从而使得第二节点尽早的接收到第二节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态，从而避免第三节点未接收成功的数据包等待的时间过长，提高网络的通信效率。同时，可以避免由于第三节点接收到的PDCP PDU中的PDCP SN产生了较大的间隔(gap)而导致的第二节点和第三节点之间的HFN失步的问题。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a first node receives first indication information and / or a handover command from a second node, the first indication information is used to instruct the first node to stop sending data packets to the third node, The switching command is used for the third node to switch from the first node to the fourth node; the first node sends a first status report to the second node, and the first status report includes a packet for instructing the first node to send a data packet to the third node Send status information; where the second node is the host node of the first node, the third node is the terminal or the wireless backhaul node, and the first node is the node that provides wireless access services for the third node before the third node switches , The first node and / or the fourth node are wireless backhaul nodes, and the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless backhaul services for nodes that wirelessly access the wireless backhaul node; the first to fourth nodes are all wireless relays Nodes in communication. In the method provided in the first aspect, the first node may send the first status report to the second node when receiving the first indication information and / or the handover command, so that the second node receives the second node The sending status of the data packet sent by the three nodes, so as to avoid the waiting time of the unsuccessful data packet received by the third node being too long, and improve the communication efficiency of the network. At the same time, the problem of HFN out-of-synchronization between the second node and the third node caused by a large gap in the PDCP SN of the PDCP PDU received by the third node can be avoided.
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第一节点向第二节点发送第一状态报告之前，该方法还包括：第一节点向第三节点发送第一消息，第一消息包括用于指示第三节点从第 一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；第一节点从第三节点接收第二状态报告，第二状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；第一节点根据第二状态报告生成第一状态报告。该种可能的实现方式，可以使得第二节点更加准确的确定第一节点和第三节点之间的数据包是否传输成功。In a possible implementation manner, before the first node sends the first status report to the second node, the method further includes: the first node sends a first message to the third node, the first message includes a Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the node from the first node; the first node receives the second status report from the third node, and the second status report includes a reception status for indicating that the third node receives the data packet from the first node The first node generates the first status report according to the second status report. This possible implementation manner can enable the second node to more accurately determine whether the data packet between the first node and the third node is successfully transmitted.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一节点向第二节点发送第一状态报告，包括：第一节点通过第一节点和第二节点之间的节点向第二节点发送第一状态报告，第一节点和第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送。该种可能的实现方式，可以在第二节点经由第一节点发送数据包的场景中，由第一节点和第二节点之间的节点对接收到的状态报告中的信息转换后向下一跳节点发送，直至传输至第二节点，使得第二节点根据接收到的状态报告，即可获知由第二节点发出去的数据包中，经过中间节点传输后，被第一节点发送的发送状态，避免第二节点无法正确解读接收到的状态报告中的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first node sending the first status report to the second node includes: the first node sends the first status report to the second node through the node between the first node and the second node. The node between the one node and the second node is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node . In this possible implementation manner, in a scenario where the second node sends a data packet via the first node, the node between the first node and the second node converts the information in the received status report to the next hop The node sends until it is transmitted to the second node, so that the second node can know the transmission status sent by the first node after the intermediate node transmits the data packet sent by the second node according to the received status report, To avoid that the second node cannot correctly interpret the information in the received status report.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一节点和第二节点的上一跳节点之间的路径中的任意两个相邻节点之间的状态报告中包括第二指示信息，一个状态报告中包括的第二指示信息用于指示接收该状态报告的节点将该状态报告中的信息转换为接收该状态报告的节点的下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送。该种可能的实现方式，通过在状态报告中添加第二指示信息，可以使得节点区别普通的通信场景(即第三节点不进行切换的通信场景)下的状态报告和第三节点在进行切换的通信场景下的状态报告，从而正确的对状态报告进行处理。In a possible implementation manner, the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the first node and the previous hop node of the second node includes second indication information, and one status report includes The second indication information of is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be recognized by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and send it to the next hop node. In this possible implementation, by adding the second indication information to the status report, the node can be distinguished from the status report in the ordinary communication scenario (that is, the communication scenario where the third node does not switch) and the third node is switching. The status report in the communication scenario, so that the status report is processed correctly.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一节点根据第二状态报告生成第一状态报告，包括：第一节点根据第一链路和第二链路之间的RLC SN的对应关系和第二状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第一状态报告；第一链路为第一节点和第三节点之间的链路，第二链路为第一节点和第五节点之间的链路，第五节点是为第一节点提供无线接入服务的节点，RLC SN为RLC SDU的SN。该种可能的实现方式，可以使得第五节点根据第一状态报告，即可确认由第五节点发出的数据包中，经过第一节点传输后，被第三节点接收的状态，避免第五节点无法正确解读第一状态报告中的信息。In a possible implementation, the first node generates the first status report according to the second status report, which includes: the first node according to the RLC SN correspondence between the first link and the second link and the second status The RLC included in the report generates the first status report; the first link is the link between the first node and the third node, the second link is the link between the first node and the fifth node, the fifth The node is a node that provides wireless access services for the first node, and the RLC SN is the SN of the RLC SDU. This possible implementation manner can enable the fifth node to confirm the status of the data packet sent by the fifth node and received by the third node after transmission by the first node according to the first status report, avoiding the fifth node The information in the first status report cannot be interpreted correctly.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一节点根据第二状态报告生成第一状态报告，包括：第一节点根据第一链路和第一路径之间的RLC SN的对应关系以及第二状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第一状态报告；第一链路为第一节点和第三节点之间的链路，第一路径为第一节点和第二节点之间的路径，RLC SN为RLC SDU的SN。该种可能的实现方式，可以使得在第二节点经由第一节点向第三节点发送数据包时，由第一节点根据第一链路与第一路径之间的RLC SN的对应关系以及第二状态报告生成第一状态报告后向第二节点发送，第二节点根据第一状态报告，即可确认由第二节点发出去的数据包中，经过第一节点传输后，被第三节点接收的状态，避免第二节点无法正确解读第一状态报告中的信息。In a possible implementation, the first node generates the first status report according to the second status report, which includes: the first node according to the RLC SN correspondence between the first link and the first path and the second status report The RLC included in the SN generates the first status report; the first link is the link between the first node and the third node, the first path is the path between the first node and the second node, and the RLC SN is the RLC SDU SN. This possible implementation manner can be such that when the second node sends a data packet to the third node via the first node, the first node determines the second link according to the RLC SN correspondence between the first link and the first path and the second The status report generates the first status report and sends it to the second node. According to the first status report, the second node can confirm that the data packet sent by the second node is received by the third node after transmission by the first node Status to avoid that the second node cannot correctly interpret the information in the first status report.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：第一节点向第二节点发送缓存的第三节点发送的上行数据包，并向第二节点发送第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第一节点已发送完缓存的第三节点发送的全部上行数据包。该种可能的实现方式，给出 了第一节点发送缓存的第三节点发送的上行数据包的方法，保证了上行业务的连续性，从而使得第三节点不需要在切换之后再重新发送已经发送过的上行数据包，避免了空口资源的浪费。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first node sends the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node to the second node, and sends third indication information to the second node. The third indication information is used to Indicates that the first node has sent all the uplink data packets sent by the buffered third node. This possible implementation provides a method for the first node to send the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node, which ensures the continuity of the uplink service, so that the third node does not need to retransmit the sent data after the handover. The upstream data packets are passed to avoid the waste of air interface resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一状态报告中包括第一节点的标识，第一节点的标识用于指示第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为第一节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。该种可能的实现方式，可以在第二节点经由至少一个中间节点发送数据包的场景，使得第二节点根据第一状态报告中第一节点的标识，即可确定接收的状态报告是表明第二节点发出去的数据包中，经第一节点传输的数据包的传输状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate that the information about the sending status of the data packet included in the first status report is data sent by the first node Information about the sending status of the packet. In this possible implementation manner, a scenario where a second node sends a data packet via at least one intermediate node allows the second node to determine that the received status report indicates the second status according to the identifier of the first node in the first status report The transmission status of the data packet transmitted by the first node among the data packets sent by the node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一状态报告中还包括第三节点的标识，第三节点的标识用于指示第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，第一状态报告中还包括第三节点的标识和第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，第三节点的标识和第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过至少一个无线承载向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。该种可能的实现方式，可以使得第二节点经过至少一个中间节点向第三节点发送数据时，可以根据接收的状态报告中的第三节点的标识，确定由第二节点发出去的数据包中，向第三节点传输的数据包的传输状态；或者，根据接收的状态报告中的第三节点的标识和第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，确定由第二节点发出去的数据包中，经由第三节点的无线承载向第三节点发送数据包的传输状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the sending status of the data packet included in the first status report is sent to the third node Information of the sending status of the data packet; or, the first status report also includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node, the identifier of the third node and at least one radio bearer The information identifying the transmission state of the data packet included in the first status report is information of the transmission state of the data packet sent to the third node through at least one radio bearer. This possible implementation manner can enable the second node to determine the data packet sent by the second node according to the identifier of the third node in the received status report when sending data to the third node through at least one intermediate node , The transmission status of the data packet transmitted to the third node; or, according to the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node in the received status report, determine the data packet sent by the second node , The transmission status of the data packet is sent to the third node via the wireless bearer of the third node.
第二方面，提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置具有实现第一方面提供的任意一种方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。该通信装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在。In a second aspect, a communication device is provided, which has the function of implementing any of the methods provided in the first aspect. This function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions. The communication device may exist in the form of a chip product.
第三方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：第三节点接收切换命令，切换命令用于第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点；第三节点向第二节点发送第三状态报告；在第三节点为终端的情况下，第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，第三状态报告包括：用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，或者，用于指示第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，第一节点为在第三节点切换之前为第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，第二节点为第一节点的宿主节点，第一节点和/或第四节点为无线回传节点，无线回传节点用于为无线接入无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；第一节点至第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。第三方面提供的方法，第三节点可以在接收到切换命令时(即不是在切换完成之后)，就向第二节点发送第三状态报告，从而使得第二节点尽早的接收到数据包的发送状态或接收状态，从而避免未接收成功或未发送成功的数据包的等待的时间过长，提高网络的通信效率。同时，可以避免由于第三节点接收到的PDCP PDU的序号PDCP SN产生了较大的间隙(gap)而导致的第二节点和第三节点之间的超帧号失步的问题。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a third node receives a handover command, and the handover command is used for the third node to switch from the first node to the fourth node; the third node sends a third status report to the second node; In the case where the third node is a terminal, the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, The third status report includes: information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, or information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node; wherein, the first node To provide a wireless access service for the third node before the third node switches, the second node is the host node of the first node, the first node and / or the fourth node is the wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used In order to provide wireless backhaul services for nodes wirelessly accessing wireless backhaul nodes; the first to fourth nodes are all nodes in wireless relay communication. In the method provided in the third aspect, the third node may send the third status report to the second node when receiving the handover command (that is, not after the handover is completed), so that the second node receives the transmission of the data packet as soon as possible State or receiving state, so as to avoid waiting for unsuccessfully received or unsuccessfully sent data packets for too long, and improve the communication efficiency of the network. At the same time, the problem that the superframe number between the second node and the third node is out of synchronization due to a large gap generated by the sequence number PDCP SN of the PDCP PDU received by the third node can be avoided.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三节点向第二节点发送第三状态报告，包括：第三节点通过第三节点和第二节点之间的节点向第二节点发送第三状态报告，第三节点和 第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送。该种可能的实现方式，可在第二节点经过至少一个中间节点向第三节点发送数据包的场景，通过第三节点和第二节点之间的节点对接收到的状态报告中信息进行转换后向下一跳发送，直至将状态报告传输至第二节点，使得第二节点根据接收到的状态报告，即可确认由第二节点发出去的数据包中，被第三节点接收或发送的状态，避免第二节点无法正确解读收到的状态报告中的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the third node sending the third status report to the second node includes: the third node sends the third status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node. The node between the three nodes and the second node is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node . In this possible implementation manner, when the second node sends a data packet to the third node through at least one intermediate node, the information in the received status report is converted by the node between the third node and the second node Send to the next hop until the status report is transmitted to the second node, so that the second node can confirm the status received or sent by the third node in the data packet sent by the second node according to the received status report To avoid that the second node cannot correctly interpret the information in the received status report.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三节点和第二节点的上一跳节点之间的路径中的任意两个相邻节点之间的状态报告中包括第四指示信息，一个状态报告中包括的第四指示信息用于指示接收该状态报告的节点将该状态报告中的信息转换为接收该状态报告的节点的下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送。该种可能的实现方式，通过在状态报告中添加第四指示信息，使得节点可以区分普通的通信场景(即第三节点不进行切换的通信场景)下的状态报告和第三节点在进行切换的通信场景下的状态报告，从而使得节点对状态报告进行正确的处理。In a possible implementation manner, the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the third node and the previous hop node of the second node includes fourth indication information, and one status report includes The fourth indication information of is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be recognized by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and send it to the next hop node. In this possible implementation, by adding the fourth indication information to the status report, the node can distinguish the status report in the ordinary communication scenario (that is, the communication scenario where the third node does not switch) and the third node is switching. The status report in the communication scenario, so that the node can correctly process the status report.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三节点为无线回传节点，该方法还包括：第三节点向第三节点服务的终端发送第二消息，第二消息包括用于指示第三节点服务的终端报告从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；第三节点接收第三节点服务的终端的状态报告，一个终端的状态报告包括用于指示该终端从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；第三节点根据第三节点服务的终端的状态报告向第二节点发送第四状态报告，第四状态报告包括用于指示第三节点服务的终端从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。该种可能的实现方式，可以使第二节点准确的知道终端从第三节点接收数据包接收状态的最新信息。In a possible implementation manner, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the method further includes: the third node sends a second message to a terminal served by the third node, and the second message includes a message indicating that the third node serves The terminal reports the information of the reception status of the data packet received from the third node; the third node receives the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and the status report of a terminal includes the information indicating that the terminal receives the data packet received from the third node Receiving status information; the third node sends a fourth status report to the second node according to the status report of the terminal served by the third node, the fourth status report includes a data packet for instructing the terminal served by the third node to receive from the third node Information about the reception status. This possible implementation manner can enable the second node to accurately know the latest information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal from the third node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三节点根据第三节点服务的终端的状态报告向第二节点发送第四状态报告，包括：第三节点根据第三链路和第二路径之间的RLC SN的对应关系和第三节点服务的终端的状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第四状态报告，并向第二节点发送第四状态报告，第三链路为第三节点和第三节点服务的终端之间的链路，第二路径为第三节点和第二节点之间的路径，RLC SN为RLC SDU的SN；或者，第三节点根据第三链路和第四链路之间的RLC SN的对应关系和第三节点服务的终端的状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第四状态报告，并通过第三节点和第二节点之间的节点向第二节点发送第四状态报告，第三节点和第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送，第三链路为第三节点和第三节点服务的终端之间的链路，第四链路为第三节点和第一节点之间的链路，RLC SN为RLC SDU的SN。该种可能的实现方式，由第三节点根据第三链路与第二路径之间的RLC SN的对应关系生成第四状态报告后向第二节点发送，使得第二节点根据第四状态报告，可以获知由第二节点发出去的数据包中，经过第三节点传输后，被第三节点服务的终端接收的状态，避免第二节点无法正确的解读接收到的第四状态报告；或者，由第三节点根据第三链路与第四链路之间的RLC SN的对应关系生成第四状态报告，再由第三节点和第二节点之间的节点对接收到的状态报告中的信息进行转换并向下一跳发送，直至将状态报告传输 至第二节点，使得第二节点根据接收到的状态报告，可以获知由第二节点发出去的数据包中，经过第三节点传输后，被第三节点服务的终端接收的状态，避免第二节点无法正确的解读接收到的状态报告中的信息。在一种可能的实现方式中，第四状态报告包括第三节点服务的终端的标识，第三节点服务的终端的标识用于指示第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，第四状态报告包括第三节点服务的终端的标识和第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，第三节点服务的终端的标识和第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点服务的终端通过至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。该种可能的实现方式，通过在第四状态报告中包括第三节点服务的终端的标识，可以使得接收第四报告状态的节点，确定该第四状态报告中的信息描述的具体是哪一个终端节点的接收状态；或者，通过在第四状态报告中包括第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，可以使接收第四状态报告的节点，根据第四状态报告，确定第三节点服务的终端通过不同的无线承载接收数据包的接收状态。In a possible implementation manner, the third node sends the fourth status report to the second node according to the status report of the terminal served by the third node, including: the third node according to the RLC between the third link and the second path The correspondence between the SN and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node generates the fourth status report and sends the fourth status report to the second node. The third link serves the third node and the third node. The link between the terminals, the second path is the path between the third node and the second node, and the RLC SN is the SN of the RLC SDU; or, the third node according to the RLC between the third link and the fourth link The corresponding relationship between the SN and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node generates the fourth status report, and sends the fourth status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node. The node between the node and the second node is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information identifiable by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node, third Road link between the terminal of the third node and a third node and services, the fourth link is a link between the third node and the first node, RLC SN for the RLC SDU of SN. In this possible implementation manner, the third node generates a fourth status report according to the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the third link and the second path, and then sends the fourth status report to the second node, so that the second node reports according to the fourth status, It can know the status of the data packet sent by the second node after being transmitted by the third node and received by the terminal served by the third node, to avoid that the second node cannot correctly interpret the received fourth status report; or, The third node generates a fourth status report according to the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the third link and the fourth link, and then the node between the third node and the second node performs the information in the received status report Convert and send to the next hop until the status report is transmitted to the second node, so that the second node can learn the data packet sent by the second node according to the received status report. The status received by the terminal served by the third node avoids that the second node cannot correctly interpret the information in the received status report. In a possible implementation, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate that the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the fourth status report is the first The information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the three-node; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node. The identifier of the terminal and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the fourth status report. The terminal served by the third node receives the data packet through the at least one radio bearer Information about the reception status. In this possible implementation manner, by including the identifier of the terminal served by the third node in the fourth status report, the node that receives the fourth report status can determine which specific terminal is described by the information in the fourth status report The receiving status of the node; or, by including the identification of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node in the fourth status report, the node receiving the fourth status report can determine the third node service according to the fourth status report The receiving status of the terminal that receives the data packet through different wireless bearers.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三状态报告中包括第三节点的标识；在第三节点为终端的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点、且第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点、且第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第三状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。该种可能的实现方式，使得接收第三状态报告的节点可以获知第三状态报告中包含第三节点对数据包的接收/发送该状态。In a possible implementation, the third status report includes the identifier of the third node; when the third node is the terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the reception of the data packet included in the third status report The status information is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the third status report includes information indicating that the third node receives the data packet from the first node In the case of reception status information, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information of the reception status of the data packet included in the third status report is the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, at the third node When it is a wireless backhaul node and the third status report includes information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the downlink data packet included in the third status report The information about the transmission state of is the information about the transmission state of the downlink data packet sent by the third node. This possible implementation manner enables the node receiving the third status report to learn that the third status report includes the third node receiving / transmitting the status of the data packet.
第四方面，提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置具有实现第三方面提供的任意一种方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。该通信装置可以为第三节点，或第三节点中的组件或装置，还可以为第三节点中的系统芯片等。According to a fourth aspect, there is provided a communication device having a function of implementing any method provided in the third aspect. This function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions. The communication device may be a third node, or a component or device in the third node, and may also be a system chip in the third node.
第五方面，提供了一种通信方法，应用于第二节点，所述第二节点包括集中式单元和分布式单元，该方法包括：所述分布式单元接收第五状态报告，所述第五状态报告为所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的节点将第一状态报告中的信息转换为所述第二节点可识别的信息并向所述第二节点发送的状态报告，所述第一状态报告包括用于指示所述第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；所述分布式单元根据所述第五状态报告向所述集中式单元发送第三消息，所述第三消息中包括用于指示所述第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，所述第二节点为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第三节点为从所述第一节点切换至第四节点的节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述第三节点为终端或无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述 第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。通过第五方面提供的方法，可以使第二节点的集中式单元获知第一节点向第三节点发送数据包的发送状态，以便第二节点的集中式单元可以在第三节点切换后，继续向第三节点发送尚未成功的数据包。In a fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied to a second node. The second node includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit. The method includes: the distributed unit receives a fifth status report, and the fifth The status report is a status report that the node between the first node and the second node converts the information in the first status report into information that the second node can recognize and sends to the second node. The first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; the distributed unit sends a third message to the centralized unit according to the fifth status report , The third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; wherein, the second node is the host node of the first node, and the first The third node is a node that is switched from the first node to a fourth node, and the first node is a node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched. The point and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless access to the wireless access node Backhaul service; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication. With the method provided in the fifth aspect, the centralized unit of the second node can be informed of the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to communicate after the third node switches. The third node sends an unsuccessful data packet.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第五状态报告中包括所述第一节点的标识，所述第一节点的标识用于指示所述第五状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第一节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使第二节点的分布式单元获知第五状态报告中包含的信息为第一节点发送数据包的发送状态，继而通过第三消息告知第二节点的集中式单元。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate a sending status of a data packet included in the fifth status report The information is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node. Through this possible method, the distributed unit of the second node can learn that the information contained in the fifth status report is the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node, and then notify the centralized unit of the second node through the third message.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第五状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第五状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，所述第五状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第五状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过所述至少一个无线承载向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使第二节点的分布式单元获知第五状态报告中包含的信息为向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息，或者为通过至少一个无线承载向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息，继而通过第三消息通知第二节点的集中式单元。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate a sending status of the data packet included in the fifth status report The information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the fifth status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node , The identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the fifth status report is The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the third node. Through this possible method, the distributed unit of the second node can be informed that the information contained in the fifth status report is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node, or that The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the node then notifies the centralized unit of the second node through the third message.
第六方面，提供了一种通信装置，所述通信装置包括集中式单元和分布式单元，所述分布式单元包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元接收第五状态报告，所述第五状态报告为所述第一节点和所述通信装置之间的节点将第一状态报告中的信息转换为所述通信装置可识别的信息并向所述通信装置发送的状态报告，所述第一状态报告包括用于指示所述第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第五状态报告利用所述通信单元向所述集中式单元发送第三消息，所述第三消息中包括用于指示所述第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，所述通信装置为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第三节点为从所述第一节点切换至第四节点的节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述第三节点为终端或无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。According to a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit. The distributed unit includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; and the processing unit is configured to receive A fifth status report, where the node between the first node and the communication device converts the information in the first status report into information that can be recognized by the communication device and sends the information to the communication device A status report sent, the first status report includes information indicating the status of sending a data packet sent by the first node to a third node; the processing unit is further used to utilize the fifth status report The communication unit sends a third message to the centralized unit, where the third message includes information indicating the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; wherein, the communication device Is the host node of the first node, the third node is a node switched from the first node to a fourth node, and the first node is the third node Before switching to a node that provides wireless access service to the third node, the first node and / or the fourth node are wireless backhaul nodes, and the third node is a terminal or wireless backhaul node, the The wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless backhaul services for nodes that wirelessly access the wireless backhaul node; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第五状态报告中包括所述第一节点的标识，所述第一节点的标识用于指示所述第五状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第一节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate a sending status of a data packet included in the fifth status report The information is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第五状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第五状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，所述第五状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第五状态报告中包含的数据 包的发送状态的信息为通过所述至少一个无线承载向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate a sending status of the data packet included in the fifth status report The information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the fifth status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node , The identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the fifth status report is The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the third node.
第七方面，提供了一种通信方法，应用于第二节点，所述第二节点包括集中式单元和分布式单元，该方法包括：所述分布式单元从第一节点接收第一状态报告，所述第一状态报告包括用于指示所述第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；所述分布式单元根据所述第一状态报告向所述集中式单元发送第三消息，所述第三消息中包括用于指示所述第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，所述第二节点为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第三节点为从所述第一节点切换至第四节点的节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述第三节点为终端或无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。通过该方面提供的方法，可以使第二节点的集中式单元获知第一节点向第三节点发送数据包的发送状态，以便第二节点的集中式单元可以在第三节点切换后，继续向第三节点发送尚未成功的数据包。In a seventh aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied to a second node. The second node includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit. The method includes: the distributed unit receives a first status report from the first node, The first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; the distributed unit sends a third to the centralized unit according to the first status report Message, the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; wherein, the second node is a host node of the first node, the The third node is a node that is switched from the first node to a fourth node. The first node is a node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched. The node and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless access to the wireless access node Line backhaul service; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication. Through the method provided in this aspect, the centralized unit of the second node can learn the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to the third node after the third node switches. The three nodes send unsuccessful data packets.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一状态报告中包括所述第一节点的标识，所述第一节点的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第一节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使第二节点的分布式单元获知第一状态报告中包含的信息为第一节点发送数据包的发送状态，继而通过第三消息通知第二节点的集中式单元。In a possible implementation manner, the first status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate a sending status of a data packet included in the first status report The information is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node. Through this possible method, the distributed unit of the second node can learn that the information contained in the first status report is the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node, and then notify the centralized unit of the second node through a third message.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，所述第一状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过所述至少一个无线承载向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使第二节点的分布式单元获知第一状态报告中包含的信息为向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息，或者为通过至少一个无线承载向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate a sending status of the data packet included in the first status report The information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the first status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node , The identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the first status report is The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the third node. Through this possible method, the distributed unit of the second node can be informed that the information contained in the first status report is the information about the sending status of the data packet sent to the third node, or that it can be sent to the third party through at least one radio bearer. Information about the sending status of data packets sent by the node.
第八方面，提供了一种通信装置，所述通信装置包括集中式单元和分布式单元，所述分布式单元包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元从第一节点接收第一状态报告，所述第一状态报告包括用于指示所述第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一状态报告利用所述通信单元向所述集中式单元发送第三消息，所述第三消息中包括用于指示所述第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，所述通信装置为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第三节点为从所述第一节点切换至第四节点的节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述第三节点为终端或无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述 第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。According to an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit. The distributed unit includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to use the communication unit to The first node receives a first status report, where the first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; the processing unit is further configured to A status report using the communication unit to send a third message to the centralized unit, where the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node; wherein, The communication device is a host node of the first node, the third node is a node switched from the first node to a fourth node, and the first node is a node before the third node is switched The third node provides a wireless access service node, the first node and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node, the The wireless backhaul node is used to provide a wireless backhaul service for nodes wirelessly accessing the wireless backhaul node; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一状态报告中包括所述第一节点的标识，所述第一节点的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第一节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate a sending status of a data packet included in the first status report The information is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，所述第一状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过所述至少一个无线承载向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate a sending status of the data packet included in the first status report The information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the first status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node , The identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the first status report is The information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the third node.
第九方面，提供了一种通信方法，应用于第二节点，所述第二节点包括集中式单元和分布式单元，该方法包括：所述分布式单元从第三节点接收第三状态报告；所述分布式单元根据所述第三状态报告向所述集中式单元发送第四消息；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，所述第三节点为从所述第一节点切换至所述第四节点的节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第二节点为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。通过第九方面提供的方法，可以使第二节点的集中式单元获知第三节点的数据包接收/发送状态，以便第二节点的集中式单元可以在第三节点切换后，继续向第三节点发送尚未成功发送的数据包，或继续经由第三节点向终端发送尚未成功发送的数据包。In a ninth aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied to a second node. The second node includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit. The method includes: the distributed unit receives a third status report from a third node; The distributed unit sends a fourth message to the centralized unit according to the third status report; in the case where the third node is a terminal, the third status report includes an instruction to indicate the third node Information on the reception status of the data packet received from the first node, the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth message Includes information indicating the receiving state of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third state The report includes information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, and the fourth message includes information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node; wherein, The third node is a node that switches from the first node to the fourth node. The first node is a node that provides wireless access services to the third node before the third node switches. The second node is a host node of the first node, the first node and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used to wirelessly access the wireless backhaul The node of the node provides a wireless backhaul service; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication. With the method provided in the ninth aspect, the centralized unit of the second node can be informed of the packet reception / transmission status of the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to the third node after the third node switches Send the data packet that has not been successfully sent, or continue to send the data packet that has not been successfully sent to the terminal via the third node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三状态报告中包括所述第三节点的标识；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第 三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使第二节点的分布式单元获知第三状态报告中包含的信息为第三节点接收/发送数据包的状态。In a possible implementation manner, the third status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third node The information on the reception status of the data packet included in the three-state report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the third status report In the case of including information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the status of the data packet included in the third status report The information of the receiving state is the information of the receiving state of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the third status report includes an instruction for indicating the third node In the case of information about the transmission status of the transmitted downlink data packet, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the third status report is the third section Information about the transmission status of downstream packets sent by the point. Through this possible method, the distributed unit of the second node can learn that the information contained in the third status report is the status of the third node receiving / transmitting the data packet.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三节点为无线回传节点，该方法还包括：所述分布式单元从所述第三节点接收第四状态报告，所述第四状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；所述分布式单元根据所述第四状态报告向所述集中式单元发送第五消息，所述第五消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使第二节点的集中式单元获知第三节点服务的终端的数据包接收状态，以便第二节点的集中式单元可以在第三节点切换后，继续经由第三节点向终端发送尚未成功发送的数据包。In a possible implementation manner, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the method further includes: the distributed unit receives a fourth status report from the third node, and the fourth status report includes Information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node; the distributed unit sends a fifth message to the centralized unit according to the fourth status report, so The fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node. Through this possible method, the centralized unit of the second node can learn the data packet receiving status of the terminal served by the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to pass through the third node after the third node switches Send data packets that have not been successfully sent to the terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第四状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识用于指示所述第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，所述第四状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端通过所述至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使第二节点的分布式单元获知第四状态报告中包含的信息为第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，或者为第三节点服务的终端通过至少一个无线承载接收数据包的接收状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the fourth status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate data contained in the fourth status report The information on the reception status of the packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the third node An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the data contained in the fourth status report The information on the reception status of the packet is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer. Through this possible method, the distributed unit of the second node can be informed of the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal serving the third node, or the terminal serving the third node The information on the reception status of the data packet is received through at least one wireless bearer.
第十方面，提供了一种通信装置，所述通信装置包括集中式单元和分布式单元，所述分布式单元包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元从第三节点接收第三状态报告；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第三状态报告利用所述通信单元向所述集中式单元发送第四消息；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，所述第三节点为从所述第一节点切换至所述第四节点的节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述通信装置为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。According to a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit. The distributed unit includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to use the communication unit to The third node receives a third status report; the processing unit is further configured to send a fourth message to the centralized unit using the communication unit according to the third status report; when the third node is a terminal Next, the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth message includes information indicating that the third node Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes instructions for instructing the third node to Information about the reception status of the data packet received by a node, and the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or , When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, and the fourth message includes Information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node; wherein, the third node is a node that is switched from the first node to the fourth node, and the first node is a A node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched, the communication device is a host node of the first node, and the first node and / or the fourth node are wireless A transmission node, the wireless backhaul node is used to provide a wireless backhaul service for a node wirelessly accessing the wireless backhaul node; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三状态报告中包括所述第三节点的标识；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含 的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the third status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third node The information on the reception status of the data packet included in the three-state report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the third status report In the case of including information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the status of the data packet included in the third status report The information of the receiving state is the information of the receiving state of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the third status report includes an instruction for indicating the third node In the case of information about the transmission status of the transmitted downlink data packet, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the third status report is the third section Information about the transmission status of downstream packets sent by the point.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三节点为无线回传节点，所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元从所述第三节点接收第四状态报告，所述第四状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第四状态报告利用所述通信单元向所述集中式单元发送第五消息，所述第五消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the processing unit is further configured to receive a fourth status report from the third node using the communication unit, the fourth status The report includes information for indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node; the processing unit is also used for using the communication unit to report to the fourth status report The centralized unit sends a fifth message, where the fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第四状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识用于指示所述第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，所述第四状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端通过所述至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the fourth status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate data contained in the fourth status report The information on the reception status of the packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the third node An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the data contained in the fourth status report The information on the reception status of the packet is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
第十一方面，提供了一种通信方法，应用于第二节点，所述第二节点包括集中式单元和分布式单元，该方法包括：所述分布式单元接收第六状态报告；所述第六状态报告为所述第三节点和所述第二节点之间的节点将第三状态报告中的信息转换为所述第二节点可识别的信息并向所述第二节点发送的状态报告；所述分布式单元根据所述第六状态报告向所述集中式单元发送第四消息；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，所述第三节点为从所述第一节点切换至所述第四节点的节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第二节点为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继 通信中的节点。通过该方面提供的方法，可以使第二节点的集中式单元获知第三节点的下行数据包接收/发送状态，以便第二节点的集中式单元可以在第三节点切换后，继续向第三节点发送尚未被第三节点或第三节点的终端成功接收的数据包。In an eleventh aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied to a second node. The second node includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit. The method includes: the distributed unit receives a sixth status report; the first Sixth status report is a status report that the node between the third node and the second node converts the information in the third status report into information identifiable by the second node and sends it to the second node; The distributed unit sends a fourth message to the centralized unit according to the sixth status report; in the case where the third node is a terminal, the sixth status report includes an instruction to indicate the third node Information on the reception status of the data packet received from the first node, the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the sixth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth The information includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the sixth status report Including information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, and the fourth message includes information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node; wherein, the The third node is a node that is switched from the first node to the fourth node, and the first node is a node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched, The second node is a host node of the first node, the first node and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used for wirelessly accessing the wireless backhaul node Of the nodes provide wireless backhaul services; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication. Through the method provided in this aspect, the centralized unit of the second node can be informed of the downlink data packet receiving / sending status of the third node, so that the centralized unit of the second node can continue to the third node after the third node switches Send a data packet that has not been successfully received by the third node or the terminal of the third node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第六状态报告中包括所述第三节点的标识；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第六状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第六状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第六状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使第二节点的分布式单元获知第六状态报告中包含的信息为第三节点接收下行数据包的接收状态的信息，或第三节点发送下行数据包的发送状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sixth status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third node The information on the reception status of the data packet included in the sixth status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the sixth status report In the case of including information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the status of the data packet included in the sixth status report The information of the reception status is the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the sixth status report includes an instruction for indicating the third node In the case of information about the transmission status of the transmitted downlink data packet, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the sixth status report is the third section Status information transmitting downlink data packet transmitted. Through this possible method, the distributed unit of the second node can be informed that the information contained in the sixth status report is the information of the receiving status of the third node receiving the downlink data packet, or the sending status of the third node sending the downlink data packet Information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三节点为无线回传节点，该方法还包括：所述分布式单元接收第七状态报告，所述第七状态报告为所述第三节点和所述第二节点之间的节点将第四状态报告中的信息转换为所述第二节点可识别的信息并向所述第二节点发送的状态报告，所述第四状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；所述分布式单元根据所述第七状态报告向所述集中式单元发送第五消息，所述第五消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以在第二节点通过至少一个中间节点向第三节点发送下行数据包的场景中，使得第二节点的分布式单元可以正确解析第七状态报告中的信息，以便生成第五消息，将第三节点服务终端的数据接收状态通知第二节点的集中式单元。In a possible implementation manner, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the method further includes: the distributed unit receives a seventh status report, and the seventh status report is the third node and all The node between the second nodes converts the information in the fourth status report into information identifiable by the second node and sends a status report to the second node, the fourth status report includes a Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node; the distributed unit sends a fifth message to the centralized unit according to the seventh status report, the fifth The message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node. Through this possible method, in the scenario where the second node sends the downlink data packet to the third node through at least one intermediate node, the distributed unit of the second node can correctly parse the information in the seventh status report to generate The fifth message notifies the centralized unit of the second node of the data reception status of the service terminal of the third node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第七状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识用于指示所述第七状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，所述第七状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第七状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端通过所述至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。通过该种可能的方法，可以使得第二节点的分布式单元获知第七状态报告中包含的是第三节点服务的终端接收下行数据包的接收状态的信息，或者是第三节点服务的终端通过至少一个无线承载接收下行数据包的接收状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the seventh status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate data contained in the seventh status report The information on the reception status of the packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the seventh status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the third node An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the data contained in the seventh status report The information on the reception status of the packet is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer. Through this possible method, the distributed unit of the second node can be informed that the seventh status report contains information about the reception status of the terminal served by the third node to receive the downlink data packet, or that the terminal served by the third node passes At least one radio bearer receives information about the reception status of the downlink data packet.
第十二方面，提供了一种通信装置，所述通信装置包括集中式单元和分布式单元，所述分布式单元包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元接收第六状态报告；所述第六状态报告为所述第三节点和所述通信装置之间的节点将第三状态报告中的信息转换为所述通信装置可识别的信息并向所述通信装置发送的状 态报告；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第六状态报告利用所述通信单元向所述集中式单元发送第四消息；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息，所述第四消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息；其中，所述第三节点为从所述第一节点切换至所述第四节点的节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述通信装置为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。According to a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit. The distributed unit includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to utilize the communication unit Receiving a sixth status report; the sixth status report is that a node between the third node and the communication device converts the information in the third status report into information that can be recognized by the communication device and communicates to the communication A status report sent by the device; the processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send a fourth message to the centralized unit according to the sixth status report; when the third node is a terminal, the The sixth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth message includes information indicating the third node from the first node. Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the sixth status report includes a Point information on the reception status of the data packet received from the first node, and the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the sixth status report includes information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, and the fourth message includes Information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node; wherein, the third node is a node that is switched from the first node to the fourth node, and the first node is the A node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched, the communication device is a host node of the first node, and the first node and / or the fourth node are wireless backhaul A node, the wireless backhaul node is used to provide a wireless backhaul service for a node that wirelessly accesses the wireless backhaul node; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第六状态报告中包括所述第三节点的标识；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第六状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第六状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第六状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第六状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sixth status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third node The information on the reception status of the data packet included in the sixth status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the sixth status report In the case of including information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the status of the data packet included in the sixth status report The information of the reception status is the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the sixth status report includes an instruction for indicating the third node In the case of information about the transmission status of the transmitted downlink data packet, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the sixth status report is the third section Status information transmitting downlink data packet transmitted.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三节点为无线回传节点，该方法还包括：所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元接收第七状态报告，所述第七状态报告为所述第三节点和所述通信装置之间的节点将第四状态报告中的信息转换为所述通信装置可识别的信息并向所述通信装置发送的状态报告，所述第四状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第七状态报告利用所述通信单元向所述集中式单元发送第五消息，所述第五消息中包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the method further includes: the processing unit is further configured to receive a seventh status report using the communication unit, and the seventh status report A status report for the node between the third node and the communication device to convert the information in the fourth status report into information that the communication device can recognize and send to the communication device, the fourth status report It includes information for indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node; the processing unit is also used to use the communication unit to report to the The centralized unit sends a fifth message, where the fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第七状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识用于指示所述第七状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，所述第七状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第七状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端通过所述至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态 的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the seventh status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate data contained in the seventh status report The information on the reception status of the packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the seventh status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the third node An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the data contained in the seventh status report The information on the reception status of the packet is information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
第十三方面，提供了一种发送数据包的方法，包括：第一节点通过多条路径接收到RLC SN相同的多个数据包，所述第一节点为无线中继通信中的节点；若从所述多条路径中的第一路径接收到的数据包为RLC SDU，所述第一节点向所述第一节点的下一跳节点发送所述RLC SDU；或者，第一节点通过多条路径接收到RLC SN相同的数据包，所述第一节点为无线中继通信中的节点；若从所述多条路径接收到的均为RLC SDU分段、且从所述多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段中存在能够恢复出RLC SDU的RLC SDU分段，所述第一节点将能够恢复出RLC SDU的RLC SDU分段向所述第一节点的下一跳节点发送，或者，所述第一节点将从所述多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段进行重组，并将重组得到的RLC SDU向所述第一节点的下一跳节点发送；或者，第一节点通过多条路径接收到RLC SN相同的数据包，所述第一节点为无线中继通信中的节点；若从所述多条路径接收到的均为RLC SDU分段、且利用从所述多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段无法恢复出RLC SDU，所述第一节点将所述多条路径中的一条路径上接收到的RLC SDU分段向所述第一节点的下一跳节点发送。第十三方面提供的方法，在Adapt层位于MAC层和RLC层之间、且终端和宿主节点之间采用端到端ARQ模式的情况下，可以通过在数据包的实际的汇聚节点对数据包作重复检测，从而避免将重复的数据包在只有一条路径的两个节点之间传输，可以避免不必要的传输资源开销。In a thirteenth aspect, a method for sending a data packet is provided, including: a first node receives multiple data packets with the same RLC and SN through multiple paths, and the first node is a node in wireless relay communication; The data packet received from the first path among the multiple paths is RLC SDU, and the first node sends the RLC SDU to the next hop node of the first node; or, the first node passes multiple When the path receives the same RLC and SN data packets, the first node is a node in wireless relay communication; if all received from the multiple paths are RLC SDU segments, and received from the multiple paths There is an RLC SDU segment in the RLC SDU segment that can recover the RLC SDU. The first node will send an RLC SDU segment that can recover the RLC SDU to the next hop node of the first node, or, The first node reassembles the RLC SDU segments received from the multiple paths, and sends the recombined RLC SDU to the next hop node of the first node; or, the first node passes multiple paths Received the same RLC SN packet, The first node is a node in wireless relay communication; if all received from the multiple paths are RLC SDU segments, and the RLC SDU segments received from the multiple paths cannot be used to recover the RLC SDU , The first node sends the RLC SDU segment received on one of the multiple paths to the next hop node of the first node. In the method provided in the thirteenth aspect, when the Adapt layer is located between the MAC layer and the RLC layer, and the end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the terminal and the host node, the data packet can be matched by the actual aggregation node of the data packet. Duplicate detection is used to avoid the transmission of duplicate data packets between two nodes with only one path, and unnecessary transmission resource overhead can be avoided.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：所述第一节点将除向所述第一节点的下一跳节点发送的数据包之外的、且与向所述第一节点的下一跳节点发送的数据包的SN相同的数据包删除。该种可能的实现方式，可以删除无用的数据包，从而释放第一节点的存储空间。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first node sends a data packet to the first node in addition to the data packet sent to the next hop node of the first node The data packet sent by the one-hop node with the same SN is deleted. In this possible implementation manner, useless data packets can be deleted, thereby freeing the storage space of the first node.
第十四方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：通信单元和处理单元；所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元通过多条路径接收到RLC SN相同的多个数据包，所述通信装置为无线中继通信中的节点；若从所述多条路径中的第一路径接收到的数据包为RLC SDU，所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元向所述通信装置的下一跳节点发送所述RLC SDU；或者，所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元通过多条路径接收到RLC SN相同的数据包，所述通信装置为无线中继通信中的节点；若从所述多条路径接收到的均为RLC SDU分段、且从所述多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段中存在能够恢复出RLC SDU的RLC SDU分段，所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元将能够恢复出RLC SDU的RLC SDU分段向所述通信装置的下一跳节点发送，或者，所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元将从所述多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段进行重组，并将重组得到的RLC SDU向所述通信装置的下一跳节点发送；或者，所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元通过多条路径接收到RLC SN相同的数据包，所述通信装置为无线中继通信中的节点；若从所述多条路径接收到的均为RLC SDU分段、且利用从所述多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段无法恢复出RLC SDU，所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元将所述多条路径中的一条路径上接收到的RLC SDU分段向所述通信装置的下一跳节点发送。According to a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to use the communication unit to receive multiple data packets with the same RLC and SN through multiple paths, and the communication The device is a node in wireless relay communication; if the data packet received from the first path of the multiple paths is RLC SDU, the processing unit is also used to use the communication unit to send the communication device The next hop node sends the RLC SDU; or, the processing unit is configured to receive the same RLC SN data packet through multiple paths using the communication unit, and the communication device is a node in wireless relay communication; If all the RLC SDU segments received from the multiple paths are RLC SDU segments received from the multiple paths, there is an RLC SDU segment capable of recovering the RLC SDU, the processing unit also The communication unit is used to send the RLC SDU segment capable of recovering the RLC SDU to the next hop node of the communication device, or the processing unit is also used to use the communication unit The RLC SDU segments received by the path are recombined, and the recombined RLC SDU is sent to the next hop node of the communication device; or, the processing unit is configured to receive the multiple channels through the communication unit RLC SN The same data packet, the communication device is a node in wireless relay communication; if all the RLC SDU segments are received from the multiple paths, and the RLC SDU received from the multiple paths is used If the segment cannot recover the RLC SDU, the processing unit is also used to use the communication unit to send the RLC SDU segment received on one of the multiple paths to the next hop node of the communication device .
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元将除向所述 通信装置的下一跳节点发送的数据包之外的、且与向所述通信装置的下一跳节点发送的数据包的SN相同的数据包删除。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send data packets to the communication device other than the data packet sent to the next hop node of the communication device. The data packet with the same SN of the data packet sent by the next hop node is deleted.
第十五方面，提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括：存储器、处理器、至少一个通信接口和通信总线；存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，处理器、存储器和至少一个通信接口通过通信总线连接，处理器执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令，以使通信装置实现第一或第十三方面提供的任意一种方法。该装置可以为第一节点，或第一节点中的组件或装置，还可以为应用于第一节点的系统芯片等。According to a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a memory, a processor, at least one communication interface, and a communication bus; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and the processor, memory, and at least one communication interface pass through the communication bus Connected, the processor executes computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements any one of the methods provided in the first or thirteenth aspect. The device may be a first node, or a component or device in the first node, and may also be a system chip applied to the first node.
第十六方面，提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括：存储器、处理器、至少一个通信接口和通信总线；存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，处理器、存储器和至少一个通信接口通过通信总线连接，处理器执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令，以使通信装置实现第五方面、第七方面、第九方面或第十一方面提供的任意一种方法。该装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在。该装置可以为第二节点，或第二节点中的组件或装置，还可以为应用于第二节点的系统芯片等。According to a sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a memory, a processor, at least one communication interface, and a communication bus; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and the processor, memory, and at least one communication interface pass through the communication bus Connected, the processor executes computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements any one of the methods provided in the fifth, seventh, ninth, or eleventh aspects. The device can exist in the form of a chip product. The device may be a second node, or a component or device in the second node, and may also be a system chip applied to the second node.
第十七方面，提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括：存储器、处理器、至少一个通信接口和通信总线；存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，处理器、存储器和至少一个通信接口通过通信总线连接，处理器执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令，以使通信装置实现第三方面提供的任意一种方法。该装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在。该装置可以为第三节点，或第三节点中的组件或装置，还可以为应用于第三节点的系统芯片等。According to a seventeenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a memory, a processor, at least one communication interface, and a communication bus; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions; Connected, the processor executes computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements any method provided in the third aspect. The device can exist in the form of a chip product. The device may be a third node, or a component or device in the third node, and may also be a system chip applied to the third node.
第十八方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面、第七方面、第九方面、第十一方面或第十三方面提供的任意一种方法。An eighteenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, the ninth aspect, the first Any one of the methods provided in the eleventh aspect or the thirteenth aspect.
第十九方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面、第七方面、第九方面、第十一方面或第十三方面提供的任意一种方法。In a nineteenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, the ninth aspect, the eleventh Any one of the methods provided in the aspect or the thirteenth aspect.
第二十方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括第一节点和第三节点，其中，第一节点用于实现第一方面提供的任意一种方法，第三节点用于实现第三方面提供的任意一种方法。According to a twentieth aspect, a communication system is provided, including a first node and a third node, wherein the first node is used to implement any method provided in the first aspect, and the third node is used to implement the third aspect Either way.
第二方面、第四方面、第六方面、第八方面、第十方面、第十二方面、第十四方面至第二十方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面、第三方面、第五方面、第七方面、第九方面、第十一方面和第十三方面中对应设计方式所带来的技术效果，此处不再赘述。The technical effects of any of the design methods in the second, fourth, sixth, eighth, tenth, twelfth, fourteenth to twentieth aspects can be found in the first The technical effects brought by the corresponding design methods in aspects, third aspects, fifth aspects, seventh aspects, ninth aspects, eleventh aspects and thirteenth aspects will not be repeated here.
其中，需要说明的是，上述各个方面中的任意一个方面的各种可能的实现方式，在方案不矛盾的前提下，均可以进行组合。It should be noted that the various possible implementations of any of the above aspects can be combined on the premise that the solutions are not contradictory.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种IAB节点的组网示意图；1 is a schematic diagram of a networking of an IAB node provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种网络节点的硬件结构示意图；2 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network node provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的各个节点之间的关系示意图；FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between nodes provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4-图7分别为本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图；4 to 7 are schematic diagrams of an application scenario provided by embodiments of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的交互流程图；8 is an interaction flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种RLC SN的对应关系示意图；9 is a schematic diagram of a correspondence relationship between RLC and SN provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种RLC SN的对应关系示意图；10 is a schematic diagram of another RLC SN correspondence provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的交互流程图；11 is an interaction flowchart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的交互流程图；12 is an interaction flowchart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种发送数据包的方法的流程图；13 is a flowchart of a method for sending data packets according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种网络节点的组成示意图。14 is a schematic diagram of a composition of a network node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示或的意思，例如，A/B可以表示A或B。本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. In the description of the present application, unless otherwise stated, "/" means or, for example, A / B may mean A or B. The "and / or" in this article is just an association relationship describing the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, B exists alone These three situations.
并且，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。另外，为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。And, in the description of the present application, unless otherwise stated, "plurality" means two or more than two. In addition, in order to facilitate a clear description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, the words "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items that have substantially the same functions and functions. Those skilled in the art may understand that the words "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order, and the words "first" and "second" do not necessarily mean different.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如：正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency-division multiple access，简称OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(single carrier FDMA，简称SC-FDMA)和其它系统等。术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。OFDMA系统可以实现诸如演进通用无线陆地接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access，简称E-UTRA)、超级移动宽带(ultra mobile broadband，简称UMB)等无线技术。E-UTRA是通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunications system，简称UMTS)演进版本。第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，简称3GPP)在长期演进(long term evolution，简称LTE)和基于LTE演进的各种版本是使用E-UTRA的新版本。第五代(5th-generation，简称5G)通信系统、新空口(new radio，简称NR)是正在研究当中的下一代通信系统。此外，通信系统还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术，都适用本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example: orthogonal frequency division multiple access (orthogonal frequency-division multiple access, OFDMA for short), single carrier frequency division multiple access (single carrier FDMA, SC-FDMA for short), and other systems. The term "system" can be used interchangeably with "network". OFDMA systems can implement wireless technologies such as evolved universal wireless terrestrial access (evolved universal terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA for short), ultra mobile broadband (ultra mobile broadband, UMB for short). E-UTRA is an evolved version of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) is a new version using E-UTRA in long term evolution (LTE) and various versions based on LTE evolution. The 5th-generation (5G) communication system and new radio (NR) are the next-generation communication systems under study. In addition, the communication system can also be adapted to future-oriented communication technologies, and all the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable.
本申请实施例描述的系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。本申请实施例中以提供的方法应用于NR系统或5G网络中为例进行说明。但是需要说明的是，本申请实施例提供的方法也可以应用于其他网络中，比如，可以应用在演进分组系统(evolved packet system，简称EPS)网络(即通常所说的第四代(4th generation，简称4G)网络)中。相应的，当本申请实施例提供的方法应用在EPS网络中时，执行本申请实施例提供的方法的网络节点替换为EPS网络中的网络节点即可。例如，当本申请实施例提供的方法应用在5G网络或NR系统中时，下文中的无线回传节点可以为5G网络中的无线回传节点，示例性的，5G网络中的无线回传节点可以称为IAB节点，当然也可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。当本申请实施例提供的方法应用在EPS 网络中时，下文中的无线回传节点可以为EPS网络中的无线回传节点，示例性的，EPS网络中的无线回传节点可以称为中继节点(relay node，简称RN)。无线回传节点用于为无线接入无线回传节点的节点(例如，终端)提供无线回传服务，其中，无线回传服务是指通过无线回传链路提供的回传服务。The system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for explaining the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. It can be known by those skilled in the art that with the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems. In the embodiments of the present application, the method provided is applied to an NR system or a 5G network as an example for description. However, it should be noted that the method provided in this embodiment of the present application can also be applied to other networks, for example, it can be applied to an evolved packet system (evolved packet system, referred to as EPS) network (that is, the so-called fourth generation , Referred to as 4G) network). Correspondingly, when the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to an EPS network, the network node performing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be replaced with a network node in the EPS network. For example, when the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applied to a 5G network or an NR system, the following wireless backhaul node may be a wireless backhaul node in a 5G network. Exemplarily, a wireless backhaul node in a 5G network It may be called an IAB node, and of course it may have another name, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. When the method provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to an EPS network, the wireless backhaul node in the following may be a wireless backhaul node in the EPS network. Exemplarily, the wireless backhaul node in the EPS network may be called a relay Node (relay node, referred to as RN). The wireless backhaul node is used to provide a wireless backhaul service for a node (eg, terminal) that wirelessly accesses the wireless backhaul node, where the wireless backhaul service refers to the backhaul service provided through the wireless backhaul link.
本申请将支持一体化的接入和回传的节点称为无线回传节点，该无线回传节点又可以称为RN或IAB节点(IAB node)。无线回传节点可以具有移动终端(mobile terminal，简称MT)的角色以及分布式单元(distributed unit，简称DU)的角色，即无线回传节点可以包括至少一个MT单元，该无线回传节点可以通过该至少一个MT与单元该无线回传节点的至少一个父节点之间建立回传连接。IAB节点的DU部分可以为终端或其他IAB节点的MT部分提供接入服务。In this application, a node that supports integrated access and backhaul is called a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node may also be called an RN or an IAB node (IAB node). The wireless backhaul node may have the role of a mobile terminal (MT) and a distributed unit (DU), that is, the wireless backhaul node may include at least one MT unit, and the wireless backhaul node may pass A backhaul connection is established between the at least one MT and at least one parent node of the wireless backhaul node. The DU part of the IAB node can provide access services for the MT part of the terminal or other IAB nodes.
本申请涉及的网元包括终端和无线回传节点(例如，下文中的IAB节点、下文中的宿主节点)。其中，需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的终端也还可以称为用户设备(user equipment，简称UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端还可以是无线局域网(wireless local area networks，简称WLAN)中的站点(station，简称ST)，可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，简称SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，简称WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，简称PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备(也可以称为穿戴式智能设备)。终端还可以为下一代通信系统中的终端，例如，5G中的终端或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，简称PLMN)中的终端，新无线(new radio，简称NR)通信系统中的终端等。The network elements involved in this application include a terminal and a wireless backhaul node (for example, an IAB node hereinafter, a home node hereinafter). It should be noted that the terminal in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as user equipment (user equipment (referred to as UE for short), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device , User terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal can also be a station (ST) in a wireless local area network (WLAN), a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, and a wireless local loop (wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital processing (PDA) device, handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, in-vehicle device, wearable device ( It can also be called a wearable smart device). The terminal may also be a terminal in a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal in 5G or a terminal in a public land mobile network (PLMN) that evolves in the future, a new radio (NR) communication system Terminal in etc.
随着虚拟现实(virtual reality，简称VR)、增强现实(augmented reality，简称AR)以及物联网等技术的发展，未来网络中将会有越来越多的终端，网络数据的使用量也会不断攀升。为了配合越来越多的终端以及市场极速增长的网络数据使用量，目前对5G网络的容量提出了更高的要求。在热点区域，为满足5G超高容量需求，利用高频小站组网愈发流行。高频载波传播特性较差，受遮挡衰减严重，覆盖范围不广，故而在热点区域需要大量密集部署小站。这些小站可以为IAB节点。With the development of technologies such as virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR) and the Internet of Things, there will be more and more terminals in the future network, and the amount of network data will continue to be used. rising. In order to cope with more and more terminals and the rapid growth of network data usage in the market, higher requirements are currently put on the capacity of 5G networks. In hotspot areas, in order to meet the 5G ultra-high capacity demand, the use of high-frequency small station networking is becoming more and more popular. The high-frequency carrier has poor propagation characteristics, severe attenuation due to occlusion, and wide coverage. Therefore, a large number of densely deployed small stations are required in hot spots. These small stations can be IAB nodes.
为了设计灵活便利的接入和回传方案，IAB场景中的接入链路(access link，简称AL)和回传链路(backhaul link，简称BL)均采用无线传输方案。In order to design a flexible and convenient access and backhaul solution, the access link (access for short, AL) and the backhaul link (for short BL) in the IAB scenario all use a wireless transmission solution.
在IAB网络中，IAB节点可以为终端提供无线接入服务，并通过无线回传链路连接到宿主节点(donor node)传输用户的业务数据。示例性的，宿主节点可以为宿主基站。宿主节点在5G网络中可以简称为IAB宿主(IAB donor)或DgNB(即donor gNodeB)。宿主节点可以是一个完整的实体，还可以是CU和DU分离的形态，宿主节点的CU本文中简称Donor-CU(也可简称为CU)，宿主节点的DU本文中简称为Donor-DU，即宿主节点由Donor-CU和Donor-DU组成。其中，Donor-CU在用户面具有SDAP(Service Data Adaptation Protocol，业务数据适配协议)层、PDCP层的功能，在控制面具有RRC(radio resource control，无线资源控制)层、PDCP层的功能；Donor-DU具有RLC(radio link control，无线链路控制)层、MAC(媒介接入控制，medium access  control)层、PHY(Physical，物理)层的功能。示例性的，Donor-CU还可以是用户面(User plane，UP)和控制面(Control plane，CP)分离的形态，即由CU-CP和CU-UP组成。IAB节点经宿主节点通过有线链路连接到核心网(例如，在独立组网的5G架构下，IAB节点经宿主节点通过有线链路连接到5G网络的核心网(5G core，简称5GC)；在非独立组网的5G架构下，IAB节点在控制面(control plane，简称CP)经eNB(evolved NodeB)连接到演进分组核心网(evolved packet core，简称EPC)，在用户面(user plane，简称UP)经宿主节点以及eNB连接到EPC)。In the IAB network, the IAB node can provide wireless access services for the terminal, and connect to the host node (donor node) through the wireless backhaul link to transmit the user's business data. Exemplarily, the host node may be a host base station. The host node can be referred to as IAB host (IAB donor) or DgNB (donor gNodeB) in 5G network. The host node can be a complete entity, or it can be in the form of a separate CU and DU. The host node's CU is referred to as Donor-CU (also referred to as CU), and the host node's DU is referred to as Donor-DU, namely The host node consists of Donor-CU and Donor-DU. Among them, Donor-CU has functions of SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol) and PDCP layer on the user plane, and RRC (radio resource control) layer and PDCP layer on the control plane; Donor-DU has the functions of RLC (radio link control) layer, MAC (medium access control) layer, and PHY (Physical) layer. Exemplarily, the Donor-CU may also be in a form in which the user plane (User) (UP) and the control plane (Control plane (CP)) are separated, that is, composed of CU-CP and CU-UP. The IAB node is connected to the core network through a wired link through a host node (for example, under the 5G architecture of an independent network, the IAB node is connected to the core network of a 5G network (5G) through a host node through a wired link; Under the 5G architecture of non-independent networking, IAB nodes are connected to the evolved packet core network (EPC) via the eNB (evolved NodeB) on the control plane (CP) via the eNB (evolved NodeB), and on the user plane (user UP) Connect to EPC via the host node and eNB).
为了保证业务传输的可靠性，IAB网络支持多跳IAB节点和多连接IAB节点组网，因此，在终端和宿主节点之间可能存在多条传输路径。在一条路径上，IAB节点之间，以及IAB节点和为IAB节点服务的宿主节点有确定的层级关系，每个IAB节点将为其提供回传服务的节点视为父节点，相应地，每个IAB节点可视为其父节点的子节点。In order to ensure the reliability of service transmission, the IAB network supports the networking of multi-hop IAB nodes and multi-connected IAB nodes. Therefore, there may be multiple transmission paths between the terminal and the host node. On a path, there is a certain hierarchical relationship between the IAB nodes, and the IAB node and the host node serving the IAB node. Each IAB node treats the node that provides the backhaul service as a parent node. Correspondingly, each The IAB node can be regarded as a child node of its parent node.
示例性的，参见图1，IAB节点1的父节点为宿主节点，IAB节点1又为IAB节点2和IAB节点3的父节点，IAB节点2和IAB节点3均为IAB节点4的父节点，IAB节点5的父节点为IAB节点3。终端的上行数据包可以经一个或多个IAB节点传输至宿主节点后，再由宿主节点发送至移动网关设备(例如5G网络中的用户面功能(user plane function，简称UPF)网元)，下行数据包将由宿主节点从移动网关设备处接收后，再经一个或多个IAB节点发送至终端。终端1和宿主节点之间数据包的传输有两条可用的路径，分别为：终端1→IAB节点4→IAB节点3→IAB节点1→宿主节点，终端1→IAB节点4→IAB节点2→IAB节点1→宿主节点。终端2和宿主节点之间数据包的传输有三条可用的路径，分别为：终端2→IAB节点4→IAB节点3→IAB节点1→宿主节点，终端2→IAB节点4→IAB节点2→IAB节点1→宿主节点，终端2→IAB节点5→IAB节点2→IAB节点1→宿主节点。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 1, the parent node of IAB node 1 is the host node, and IAB node 1 is the parent node of IAB node 2 and IAB node 3, and IAB node 2 and IAB node 3 are both parent nodes of IAB node 4. The parent node of IAB node 5 is IAB node 3. The uplink data packet of the terminal can be transmitted to the host node through one or more IAB nodes, and then sent by the host node to the mobile gateway device (such as the user plane function (UPF) network element in the 5G network), downstream After the data packet is received by the host node from the mobile gateway device, it is sent to the terminal via one or more IAB nodes. There are two available paths for the transmission of data packets between terminal 1 and the host node: terminal 1 → IAB node 4 → IAB node 3 → IAB node 1 → host node, terminal 1 → IAB node 4 → IAB node 2 → IAB node 1 → host node. There are three available paths for the transmission of data packets between terminal 2 and the host node: terminal 2 → IAB node 4 → IAB node 3 → IAB node 1 → host node, terminal 2 → IAB node 4 → IAB node 2 → IAB Node 1 → host node, terminal 2 → IAB node 5 → IAB node 2 → IAB node 1 → host node.
示例性的，IAB节点可以是用户驻地设备(customer premises equipment，简称CPE)、家庭网关(residential gateway，简称RG)等设备。本申请实施例提供的方法还可以应用于家庭连接(home access)的场景中。Exemplarily, the IAB node may be a customer premises equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE for short), a residential gateway (RG) and other equipment. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a scenario of home access.
上述IAB组网场景仅仅是示例性的，在多跳和多连接结合的IAB场景中，IAB组网场景还有更多其他的可能性，例如，宿主节点和另一宿主节点下的IAB节点组成双连接为终端服务等，此处不再一一列举。The above IAB networking scenario is only an example. In the IAB scenario combining multi-hop and multi-connection, there are many other possibilities in the IAB networking scenario, for example, the host node and the IAB node under another host node The dual connection is for terminal services, etc., and will not be listed here one by one.
目前，IAB节点的用户面的协议架构分为两大类，分别为group1和group2。group1是层2的IAB架构。group2是层3的IAB架构。group1中的一种协议架构为1a，该协议架构具有以下特点：与终端对等的PDCP层，位于宿主节点或Donor-CU上；IAB节点在无线链路控制(radio link control，简称RLC)及以下协议层执行终端的业务数据的转发，即IAB节点转发的数据包是终端的PDCP PDU；IAB节点的回传链路上引入适配层(adaptation layer，可以简称为Adapt层)(关于Adapt层的作用可参见下文中的相关部分的描述)。At present, the protocol architecture of the user plane of the IAB node is divided into two categories, namely group1 and group2. group1 is the layer 2 IAB architecture. group2 is the layer 3 IAB architecture. One protocol architecture in group1 is 1a. The protocol architecture has the following characteristics: the PDCP layer equivalent to the terminal is located on the host node or Donor-CU; the IAB node is in the radio link control (radio link control (RLC) and The following protocol layer performs the forwarding of the service data of the terminal, that is, the data packet forwarded by the IAB node is the PDCP PDU of the terminal; an adaptation layer (adaptation layer, which may be referred to as the Adapt layer) is introduced on the return link of the IAB node (about the Adapt layer The role can be found in the relevant part of the description below).
在该协议架构中，Adapt层可以在RLC层之上或媒体接入控制(media access control，简称MAC)层和RLC层之间，终端可以通过以下方式一至方式三中的任意一种方式与宿主节点之间进行数据传输。In this protocol architecture, the Adapt layer can be above the RLC layer or between the media access control (MAC) layer and the RLC layer, and the terminal can communicate with the host in any of the following ways 1 to 3 Data transmission between nodes.
方式一、采用逐跳的自动重传请求(automatic repeat-request，简称ARQ)模式 (hop-by-hop ARQ)，该情况下，Adapt层可以在RLC层之上或MAC层和RLC层之间。Method 1: A hop-by-hop automatic repeat-request (ARQ) mode (hop-by-hop ARQ) mode is adopted. In this case, the Adapt layer may be above the RLC layer or between the MAC layer and the RLC layer .
方式二、采用端到端的ARQ模式(end-to-end ARQ)，该情况下，Adapt层可以在MAC层和RLC层之间。Method 2: The end-to-end ARQ mode (end-to-end ARQ) is adopted. In this case, the Adapt layer may be between the MAC layer and the RLC layer.
方式三、为终端提供无线接入服务的IAB节点与宿主节点之间采用端到端的ARQ模式，该情况下，Adapt层可以在MAC层和RLC层之间。Manner 3: The end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the IAB node and the host node that provide wireless access services for the terminal. In this case, the Adapt layer may be between the MAC layer and the RLC layer.
其中，端到端的ARQ模式是指两个端节点之间采用ARQ模式。该情况下，两个端节点的RLC实体上配置与ARQ相关的功能。中间的节点无需配置ARQ的功能。但是，中间的节点的RLC层可以具有分段(segmentation)和/或再分段(re-segmentation)的功能，中间的节点作为接收节点时也可以对接收到的数据包进行反馈，作为发送节点时重发未被确认的数据包。其中，分段是针对一个完整的RLC SDU而言的，再分段是针对一个RLC SDU分段而言的。以上行传输为例，终端通过IAB节点向宿主节点发送数据包，宿主节点在正确接收到数据包时会向IAB节点反馈确认(acknowledgement，简称ACK)消息，在未正确接收到该数据包时会向IAB节点反馈非确认(non-acknowledgement，简称NACK)消息，IAB节点仅仅对这些消息进行转发。当宿主节点反馈的是NACK消息时，终端会通过IAB节点重新向宿主节点发送该数据包。Among them, the end-to-end ARQ mode refers to the ARQ mode used between two end nodes. In this case, ARQ-related functions are configured on the RLC entities of the two end nodes. The intermediate nodes do not need to configure ARQ functions. However, the RLC layer of the intermediate node may have segmentation (segmentation) and / or re-segmentation (re-segmentation) functions. When the intermediate node acts as a receiving node, it can also feedback the received data packet as a sending node Retransmit unacknowledged data packets. Among them, segmentation is for a complete RLC SDU, and sub-segmentation is for an RLC SDU segment. Taking the above-mentioned transmission as an example, the terminal sends a data packet to the host node through the IAB node. When the host node correctly receives the data packet, it will feed back an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK) message to the IAB node. A non-acknowledgement (NACK) message is fed back to the IAB node, and the IAB node only forwards these messages. When the host node feeds back a NACK message, the terminal will re-send the data packet to the host node through the IAB node.
逐跳的ARQ模式是指任意两个相邻节点之间均采用ARQ模式。该情况下，一条路径中的每个节点上都配置ARQ的功能，即中间的节点的RLC层具有分段和/或再分段的功能，还具有ARQ的相关功能，中间节点不仅能够对数据包进行转发，还能够向发送该数据包的节点(即该中间节点的上一跳节点)反馈是否正确接收到该数据包。The hop-by-hop ARQ mode means that any two adjacent nodes adopt the ARQ mode. In this case, the ARQ function is configured on each node in a path, that is, the RLC layer of the intermediate node has the function of segmentation and / or re-segmentation, and also has the related function of ARQ. The packet is forwarded, and the node that sent the data packet (that is, the previous hop node of the intermediate node) can also be fed back whether the data packet is correctly received.
为了更好的理解下文中所描述的方法，对下文中提到的部分协议层在此处做统一介绍。In order to better understand the method described in the following, some protocol layers mentioned in the following will be uniformly introduced here.
(1)Adapt层(1) Adapt layer
Adapt层具备以下能力中的至少一种：为数据包添加能被无线回传节点识别出的路由信息、基于所述能被无线回传节点识别出的路由信息执行路由选择、为数据包添加能被无线回传节点识别出的与服务质量(quality of service，简称QoS)需求相关的标识信息、为数据包执行在包含无线回传节点的多段链路上的QoS映射、为数据包添加数据包类型指示信息、向具有流量控制能力的节点发送流控反馈信息。需要说明的是，具备这些能力的协议层的名称不一定为Adapt层，本领域技术人员可以理解，只要具备这些能力的协议层均可以理解为本申请实施例中的Adapt层。The Adapt layer has at least one of the following capabilities: adding routing information to the data packet that can be recognized by the wireless backhaul node, performing routing based on the routing information that can be recognized by the wireless backhaul node, and adding energy to the data packet Identification information related to quality of service (QoS) requirements identified by the wireless backhaul node, performing QoS mapping for data packets on the multi-segment link containing the wireless backhaul node, adding data packets to the data packets Type indication information, sending flow control feedback information to nodes with flow control capabilities. It should be noted that the name of the protocol layer with these capabilities is not necessarily the Adapt layer. Those skilled in the art can understand that any protocol layer with these capabilities can be understood as the Adapt layer in the embodiments of the present application.
其中，所述能被无线回传节点识别出的路由信息可以是终端的标识，终端接入的IAB节点的标识，宿主节点的标识，Donor-DU的标识，Donor-CU的标识，传输路径的标识等信息中的一种或多种。The routing information that can be recognized by the wireless backhaul node may be the terminal identifier, the IAB node identifier that the terminal accesses, the host node identifier, the Donor-DU identifier, the Donor-CU identifier, and the transmission path. One or more types of information such as logos.
所述多段链路上的QoS映射可以为：在回传链路中基于数据包携带的终端的无线承载的标识，执行从终端的无线承载到回传链路上的无线承载或RLC信道或逻辑信道的映射；还可以为，基于上一跳链路和下一跳链路的无线承载/RLC信道/逻辑信道之间的对应关系，执行从上一跳链路的无线承载或RLC信道或逻辑信道，到下一跳链路的无线承载或RLC信道或逻辑信道的映射。The QoS mapping on the multi-segment link may be: based on the identifier of the wireless bearer of the terminal carried in the data packet in the backhaul link, performing from the wireless bearer of the terminal to the wireless bearer or RLC channel or logic on the backhaul link Channel mapping; it can also be based on the corresponding relationship between the radio link / RLC channel / logical channel of the previous hop link and the next hop link, to perform the radio bearer or RLC channel or logic from the previous hop link Channel, mapping to radio bearer or RLC channel or logical channel of next hop link.
所述数据包类型指示信息可以用于指示Adapt层中封装的内容包含的是以下类型 中的任一种：终端的用户面数据、终端的无线资源控制(radio resource control，简称RRC)消息、IAB节点的RRC消息、IAB节点与宿主节点(或Donor-CU或CU-CP)之间接口上的控制层应用消息(例如F1应用协议(F1application protocol，简称F1AP)消息)、IAB节点生成的流控反馈消息等。The data packet type indication information may be used to indicate that the content encapsulated in the Adapt layer contains any one of the following types: terminal user plane data, terminal radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) message, IAB) Node RRC message, control layer application message on the interface between the IAB node and the host node (or Donor-CU or CU-CP) (such as F1 application protocol (F1 application protocol (F1AP) message), flow control generated by the IAB node Feedback messages, etc.
与QoS需求相关的标识信息可以为终端的QoS流的标识(Qos flow identifier，简称QFI)，终端的无线承载(数据无线承载(data radio bearer，简称DRB)或信令无线承载(signalling radio bearer，简称SRB))的标识，差分服务代码点(differentiated services code point，简称DSCP)等。The identification information related to the QoS requirements may be the terminal's QoS flow identifier (Qos flow identifier, QFI for short), the terminal's radio bearer (data radio bearer (DRB) or signaling radio bearer (signalling radio bearer, (Referred to as SRB)), differentiated services code points (differentiated services codes (DSCP), etc.).
示例性的，具有流量控制能力的节点可以为宿主节点、Donor-DU、Donor-CU、IAB节点的父节点等为IAB节点提供回传服务的上游节点。流控反馈信息的内容可包含如下信息中的一种或多种：IAB节点的缓存状态、负载程度，包含IAB节点的某段链路的状态(如链路阻塞(blockage)或链路恢复(resume)或链路质量信息等)，包含IAB节点的某段链路的带宽、传输时延，IAB节点丢失的数据包序号，IAB节点已经成功向终端或其子节点发送的数据包序号等。Exemplarily, the node with flow control capability may be a host node, a Donor-DU, a Donor-CU, a parent node of an IAB node, etc., an upstream node that provides a backhaul service for the IAB node. The content of the flow control feedback information may include one or more of the following information: the cache status and load level of the IAB node, including the status of a certain link of the IAB node (such as link blocking (blockage) or link recovery ( resume) or link quality information, etc.), including the bandwidth and transmission delay of a certain link of the IAB node, the sequence number of the packet lost by the IAB node, and the sequence number of the packet that the IAB node has successfully sent to the terminal or its child nodes.
另外，一种可能的情况，Adapt层的功能还可以通过在层2包含的任意一个层(例如，RLC层、MAC层、PDCP层等)或任意多个层的功能上扩展，无需额外的协议层。In addition, in a possible situation, the function of the Adapt layer can also be extended by the function of any layer (for example, RLC layer, MAC layer, PDCP layer, etc.) included in layer 2 or any number of layers without additional protocols. Floor.
(2)F1AP层(2) F1AP layer
F1AP层用于在DU(可能为宿主节点的donor-DU，也可能是IAB节点中的DU部分，即IAB-DU)和CU(或者CU-CP)之间承载两者之间的控制面消息。控制面消息包括以下消息中的一个或多个：与DU和CU之间接口管理相关的消息，DU及CU配置更新相关的消息，与DU的子节点(包括终端和其他IAB节点等)相关的上下文配置消息、在消息容器(message container)中携带DU的子节点的RRC消息的消息等。本申请实施例中对F1AP层的具体位置不进行限定。需要说明的是，具备这些能力的协议层的名称不一定为F1AP层，本领域技术人员可以理解，只要具备这些能力的协议层均可以理解为本申请实施例中的F1AP层。一个节点在F1AP协议层上生成或发送的消息可以称为F1AP消息。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中单独描述DU时，该DU可以为宿主节点的donor-DU，也可以为IAB节点的DU。The F1AP layer is used to carry control plane messages between the DU (may be the donor-DU of the host node or the DU part of the IAB node, that is, the IAB-DU) and the CU (or CU-CP) . Control plane messages include one or more of the following messages: messages related to interface management between DU and CU, messages related to DU and CU configuration update, and messages related to DU subnodes (including terminals and other IAB nodes, etc.) Context configuration messages, messages that carry RRC messages of DU's child nodes in a message container, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the specific location of the F1AP layer is not limited. It should be noted that the name of the protocol layer with these capabilities is not necessarily the F1AP layer. Those skilled in the art can understand that any protocol layer with these capabilities can be understood as the F1AP layer in the embodiments of the present application. A message generated or sent by a node on the F1AP protocol layer may be called an F1AP message. It should be noted that when the DU is separately described in the embodiments of the present application, the DU may be the donor-DU of the host node or the DU of the IAB node.
(3)H-RLC(higher-RLC)层和L-RLC(lower-RLC)层(3) H-RLC (higher-RLC) layer and L-RLC (lower-RLC) layer
H-RLC层和L-RLC为对RLC层的功能作了划分之后得到的两个层。其中，RLC层在确认模式(acknowledged mode，简称AM)下，H-RLC层中包含分配序号、ARQ功能、重组(reassembly)功能，L-RLC层中包含分段功能；或者，H-RLC层中包含分配序号、ARQ功能，L-RLC层中包含分段、重组功能。The H-RLC layer and the L-RLC are the two layers obtained after dividing the functions of the RLC layer. Among them, the RLC layer is in acknowledged mode (AM), the H-RLC layer contains the allocation sequence number, ARQ function, reassembly function, and the L-RLC layer contains the segmentation function; or, the H-RLC layer Including allocation sequence number, ARQ function, L-RLC layer contains segmentation, reorganization function.
本申请实施例提供了一种网络节点，具体可以为下文中的第一节点至第六节点中的任意一个节点。网络节点的硬件结构示意图可以参见图2，图2示出了一种网络节点20的硬件结构示意图，包括至少一个处理器201，通信总线202，存储器203以及至少一个通信接口204。An embodiment of the present application provides a network node, which may specifically be any one of the following first node to sixth node. For a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the network node, refer to FIG. 2. FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the network node 20, including at least one processor 201, a communication bus 202, a memory 203, and at least one communication interface 204.
处理器201可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit，简称CPU)，微处理器，特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，简称ASIC)，或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 201 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU for short), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC for short), or one or more programs for controlling the application program Implementation of integrated circuits.
通信总线202可包括一通路，在上述组件之间传送信息。The communication bus 202 may include a path to transfer information between the aforementioned components.
通信接口204，可以为任何收发器一类的装置，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网，无线接入网(radio access network，简称RAN)，WLAN等。The communication interface 204 can be any device such as a transceiver, and is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), and WLAN.
存储器203可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，简称ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(random access memory，简称RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，简称EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，简称CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在，通过总线与处理器连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 203 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM for short) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM for short), or a memory that can store information and instructions Other types of dynamic storage devices can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable-read-only memory, EEPROM for short), compact disc-read-only memory (CD-ROM), or other optical discs Storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures And any other media that can be accessed by the computer, but not limited to this. The memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the bus. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中，存储器203用于存储执行本申请方案的应用程序代码，并由处理器201来控制执行。处理器201用于执行存储器203中存储的应用程序代码，从而实现下文中本申请实施例提供的方法。Among them, the memory 203 is used to store application program code for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled and executed by the processor 201. The processor 201 is used to execute the application program code stored in the memory 203, so as to implement the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器201可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图2中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2.
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，网络节点20可以包括多个处理器，例如图2中的处理器201和处理器208。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器，也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the network node 20 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 201 and the processor 208 in FIG. 2. Each of these processors can be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and / or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，网络节点20还可以包括输出设备205和输入设备206。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the network node 20 may further include an output device 205 and an input device 206.
为了使得下文中的描述更加的清楚，此处对本申请实施例中提到的部分概念作简单介绍。In order to make the description below more clear, some concepts mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are briefly introduced here.
源宿主节点：一个节点切换之前的宿主节点。Source host node: The host node before a node is switched.
目标宿主节点：一个节点切换之后的宿主节点。Target host node: The host node after a node is switched.
链路：一条路径中的两个相邻节点之间的路径。Link: The path between two adjacent nodes in a path.
节点的上一跳节点：是指在包含该节点的路径中的、在该节点之前最后一个接收到数据包的节点。Node's last hop node: refers to the node in the path containing the node that received the data packet last before the node.
节点的下一跳节点：是指在包含该节点的路径中的、在该节点之后第一个接收到数据包的节点。Node's next hop node: refers to the node in the path containing the node that receives the packet first after the node.
节点的上一跳链路：是指该节点与该节点的上一跳节点之间的链路。Node's last-hop link: refers to the link between the node and the node's previous-hop node.
节点的下一跳链路：是指该节点与该节点的下一跳节点之间的链路。Node's next hop link: refers to the link between this node and this node's next hop node.
RLC序列号(sequence number，简称SN)：RLC业务数据单元(service data unit，简称为SDU)的SN。RLC sequence number (SN): SN of RLC service data unit (SDU).
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点的应用场景中。本申请实施例中涉及到的节点包括第一节点至第六节点，参见图3，第三节点为从第一节点切换至第四节点的节点；第一节点为在第三节点切换之前为第三 节点提供无线接入服务的节点；第四节点为在第三节点切换之后为第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点；第五节点是为第一节点提供无线接入服务的节点；第二节点为第一节点的宿主节点；第六节点为第四节点的宿主节点。第一节点和/或第四节点为无线回传节点，第三节点为终端或无线回传节点。第一节点至第六节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an application scenario where the third node switches from the first node to the fourth node. The nodes involved in the embodiments of the present application include the first node to the sixth node. Referring to FIG. 3, the third node is a node switched from the first node to the fourth node; the first node is the node before the third node is switched. The third node provides a wireless access service node; the fourth node is a node that provides wireless access service for the third node after the third node is switched; the fifth node is a node that provides wireless access service for the first node; the second The node is the host node of the first node; the sixth node is the host node of the fourth node. The first node and / or the fourth node are wireless backhaul nodes, and the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node. The first node to the sixth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
上述节点的命名仅仅是为了本申请实施例的描述方便。可以理解的是，当第二节点是为第一节点提供无线接入服务的节点时，第五节点和第二节点为同一节点；当第一节点的宿主节点和第四节点的宿主节点为同一节点时，第二节点和第六节点为同一节点；第五节点和第二节点之间以及第四节点和第六节点之间还可能有其他的节点。The above-mentioned node naming is only for the convenience of description of the embodiments of the present application. It can be understood that when the second node is a node that provides wireless access services for the first node, the fifth node and the second node are the same node; when the first node's home node and the fourth node's home node are the same In the case of nodes, the second node and the sixth node are the same node; there may be other nodes between the fifth node and the second node and between the fourth node and the sixth node.
示例性的，本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于如图4或图5所示的应用场景中，该情况下，下文中的第三节点为终端，第一节点为IAB节点2，第四节点为IAB节点3，第二节点为宿主节点1。本申请实施例提供的通信方法还可以应用于如图6或图7所示的应用场景中，该情况下，下文中的第三节点为IAB节点4，第一节点为IAB节点2，第四节点为IAB节点3，第二节点为宿主节点1。Exemplarily, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied in the application scenario shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5. In this case, the third node in the following is a terminal, and the first node is an IAB node 2. The four nodes are IAB node 3, and the second node is the host node 1. The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also be applied in the application scenario shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7, in this case, the third node in the following is IAB node 4, the first node is IAB node 2, and the fourth The node is IAB node 3, and the second node is host node 1.
以下通过实施例一和实施例二分别对本申请实施例提供的通信方法作具体说明。其中，在第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点之前，第二节点可以通过第一节点发送状态报告的方式(具体可参见实施例一部分的描述)或第三节点发送状态报告的方式(具体可参见实施例二部分的描述)获知发送的数据包的状态(例如，是否发送成功、是否接收成功、是否发送等)，以便在第三节点切换到第四节点之后继续进行数据包的传输(包括重传)等操作。The communication methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are specifically described below through Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 respectively. Before the third node switches from the first node to the fourth node, the second node may send the status report through the first node (for details, see the description in the embodiment) or the third node sends the status report ( For details, please refer to the description in the second part of the embodiment) to know the status of the sent data packet (for example, whether it was successfully sent, whether it was successfully received, whether it was sent, etc.), so as to continue the data packet transmission after the third node switches to the fourth node (Including retransmission) and other operations.
示例性的，本申请实施例中的数据包的接收状态为成功接收到数据包或未成功接收到数据包。数据包的发送状态为发送了数据包或未发送数据包，或者，数据包的发送状态为发送成功数据包(即发送了、且接收端成功接收到数据包)或未发送成功数据包(即发送了、且接收端未成功接收到数据包)。Exemplarily, the receiving state of the data packet in the embodiment of the present application is that the data packet is successfully received or the data packet is not successfully received. The sending status of the data packet is that the data packet is sent or the data packet is not sent, or the sending status of the data packet is the data packet that was successfully sent (that is, the data packet was sent and the receiving end successfully received) or the data packet that was not successfully sent (that is, Sent, and the receiving end did not successfully receive the data packet).
实施例一Example one
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法，如图8所示，包括：An embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, as shown in FIG. 8, including:
801、第二节点确定需要第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点时，向第一节点发送第一指示信息和/或向第三节点发送切换命令。其中，针对切换命令，第二节点可以先发送给第一节点，由第一节点转发给第三节点。相应的，第一节点从第二节点接收第一指示信息和/或切换命令。801. When the second node determines that the third node needs to be switched from the first node to the fourth node, it sends first indication information to the first node and / or sends a switching command to the third node. Wherein, for the handover command, the second node may first send it to the first node, and the first node will forward it to the third node. Correspondingly, the first node receives the first indication information and / or the handover command from the second node.
其中，第一指示信息用于指示第一节点停止向第三节点发送数据包，切换命令用于第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点。切换命令可以为RRC消息，例如RRC重配置消息。The first indication information is used to instruct the first node to stop sending data packets to the third node, and the switch command is used to switch the third node from the first node to the fourth node. The handover command may be an RRC message, such as an RRC reconfiguration message.
可以理解的是，当第二节点向第一节点发送第一指示信息时，第一节点从第二节点接收第一指示信息，当第二节点向第一节点发送切换命令时，第一节点从第二节点接收切换命令，当第二节点向第一节点发送第一指示信息和切换命令时，第一节点从第二节点接收第一指示信息和切换命令。It can be understood that when the second node sends the first indication information to the first node, the first node receives the first indication information from the second node, and when the second node sends the handover command to the first node, the first node The second node receives the handover command, and when the second node sends the first instruction information and the handover command to the first node, the first node receives the first instruction information and the handover command from the second node.
步骤801的一种可能的实现方式，第二节点可以接收第三节点发送的测量报告，根据该测量报告确定需要第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点。示例性的，测量报告 中可以包括第三节点测量的不同小区的参考信号的信号强度，第二节点在根据该测量报告确定第一节点覆盖的小区的参考信号的信号强度小于第一阈值，且第四节点覆盖的小区的参考信号的信号强度大于第二阈值时，确定需要第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点。第一阈值和第二阈值可以相同，也可以不同，具体的取值可根据实际的应用场景确定。In a possible implementation manner of step 801, the second node may receive the measurement report sent by the third node, and determine that the third node needs to be switched from the first node to the fourth node according to the measurement report. Exemplarily, the measurement report may include the signal strength of the reference signals of different cells measured by the third node, and the second node determines that the signal strength of the reference signal of the cell covered by the first node is less than the first threshold according to the measurement report, and When the signal strength of the reference signal of the cell covered by the fourth node is greater than the second threshold, it is determined that the third node needs to be switched from the first node to the fourth node. The first threshold and the second threshold may be the same or different, and specific values may be determined according to actual application scenarios.
步骤801的另一种可能的实现方式，第二节点可以在确定第三节点到第二节点之间的路径中的一条或多条链路中断或拥塞时，确定需要第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点。In another possible implementation manner of step 801, the second node may determine that one or more links in the path between the third node and the second node are interrupted or congested, and determine that the third node needs to Switch to the fourth node.
802、第一节点向第二节点发送第一状态报告，第一状态报告包括用于指示第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。相应的，第二节点从第一节点接收第一状态报告，根据第一状态报告确定第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态。802. The first node sends a first status report to the second node. The first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node. Correspondingly, the second node receives the first status report from the first node, and determines the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node according to the first status report.
其中，第一状态报告可以为Adapt层状态报告或RLC层状态报告。可选的，第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包为RLC SDU分段(segment)或RLC SDU，第一状态报告包括用于指示第一节点向第三节点发送的RLC SDU分段或RLC SDU的发送状态的信息。The first status report may be an Adapt layer status report or an RLC layer status report. Optionally, the data packet sent by the first node to the third node is an RLC SDU segment or RLC SDU, and the first status report includes an RLC SDU segment or RLC used to instruct the first node to send the third node SDU transmission status information.
可选的，当第一状态报告为Adapt层的状态报告时，第一状态报告中利用PDCP SN指示第一节点向第三节点发送的PDCP PDU的发送状态的信息。Optionally, when the first status report is a status report of the Adapt layer, the first status report uses PDCP SN information to indicate the sending status of the PDCP PDU sent by the first node to the third node.
可选的，第一状态报告中包括第一节点的标识，第一节点的标识用于指示第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为第一节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。Optionally, the first status report includes the identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate that the information about the sending status of the data packet included in the first status report is the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node. information.
可选的，第一状态报告中还包括第三节点的标识，第三节点的标识用于指示第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，第一状态报告中还包括第三节点的标识和第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，第三节点的标识和该至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过该至少一个无线承载向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。Optionally, the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information about the sending status of the data packet included in the first status report is the sending of the data packet sent to the third node Status information; or, the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node and an identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node, and the identifier of the third node and the identifier of the at least one radio bearer are used to indicate the first status report The information about the transmission status of the data packet contained in the information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node through the at least one radio bearer.
本申请实施例中，节点(终端或无线回传节点(如IAB节点的MT部分))的标识可以是节点的小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier，简称C-RNTI)、国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number，简称IMSI)、临时移动用户标识(temporary mobile subscriber identity，简称TMSI)、宿主节点/donor-CU为节点所分配的在宿主节点/donor-CU服务范围内唯一的标识等。无线承载的标识，用于标识节点的数据无线承载(data radio bearer，简称DRB)和/或信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer，简称SRB)。一种可能的方式中，节点的标识和节点的承载标识这两者可以由与该节点的无线承载一一对应的GPRS隧道协议(GPRS tunnel protocol，简称GTP)的隧道端点标识(tunnelling endpoint identifier，简称TEID)来表示，该GTP隧道可以是在宿主节点/donor-CU和为节点提供接入服务的DU(如提供接入服务的IAB节点的DU部分，或donor-DU)之间的传输通道。In the embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the node (terminal or wireless backhaul node (such as the MT part of the IAB node)) may be the node's cell radio network temporary identifier (cell-radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI), international mobile user The identification code (international mobile subscriber identification number, IMSI), temporary mobile subscriber identity (temporary mobile identity, TMSI), the host node / donor-CU assigned to the node is unique within the host node / donor-CU service range Logo etc. The radio bearer identification is used to identify the node's data radio bearer (DRB) and / or signaling radio bearer (signaling radio bearer, SRB). In a possible manner, both the node identifier and the node bearer identifier may be identified by a tunnel end point identifier (GPRS tunneling protocol (GPRS) tunnel protocol (GTP) corresponding to the wireless bearer of the node). Referred to as TEID), the GTP tunnel can be a transmission channel between the host node / donor-CU and the DU that provides access services for the node (such as the DU part of the IAB node that provides access services, or donor-DU) .
当第三节点为终端时，步骤802可以采用以下方式1或方式2实现，当第三节点为无线回传节点时，步骤802可以采用以下方式2实现。When the third node is a terminal, step 802 may be implemented in the following manner 1 or manner 2. When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, step 802 may be implemented in the following manner 2.
方式1、第一节点端到端的将第一状态报告发送给第二节点。Manner 1: The first node sends the first status report to the second node end-to-end.
该情况下，第一节点和第二节点之间的节点可以将第一状态报告转发给第二节点。In this case, the node between the first node and the second node may forward the first status report to the second node.
当步骤802采用方式1实现时，若第二节点包括donor-CU和donor-DU，该方法还可以包括：When step 802 is implemented by way 1, if the second node includes donor-CU and donor-DU, the method may further include:
11)donor-DU从第一节点接收第一状态报告；11) The donor-DU receives the first status report from the first node;
12)donor-DU根据第一状态报告向donor-CU发送第三消息，第三消息中包括用于指示第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。12) The donor-DU sends a third message to the donor-CU according to the first status report, where the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node.
步骤12)在具体实现时，donor-DU可以根据第一状态报告，将其中指示的已发送(或已成功发送的)的数据包的RLC SN转换为对应PDCP PDU中携带的PDCP SN，并根据转换后对应的PDCP SN生成第三消息向donor-CU发送。Step 12) In the specific implementation, the donor-DU can convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the first status report, and according to After conversion, the corresponding PDCP SN generates a third message and sends it to the donor-CU.
方式2、第一节点逐跳的将第一状态报告发送给第二节点。Manner 2: The first node sends the first status report to the second node hop by hop.
该情况下，步骤802在具体实现时包括：第一节点通过第一节点和第二节点之间的节点向第二节点发送第一状态报告，第一节点和第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送。In this case, step 802, when specifically implemented, includes: the first node sends a first status report to the second node through the node between the first node and the second node, and the node between the first node and the second node is used to The information in the status report received from the previous hop node is converted into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and placed in the status report to be sent to the next hop node.
在方式2中，第一节点和第二节点之间的节点可以根据上一跳链路和下一跳链路之间的RLC SN之间的对应关系以及上一跳节点发送的状态报告中的RLC SN生成向下一跳节点发送的状态报告，并置于状态报告中向下一跳节点发送。示例性的，一个节点可以将接收到的状态报告中的RLC SN替换为下一跳链路上的与该RLC SN对应的RLC SN，从而转换为向下一跳节点发送的状态报告。In mode 2, the node between the first node and the second node can be based on the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link and the status report sent by the previous hop node. The RLC SN generates a status report sent to the next hop node and places it in the status report to send to the next hop node. Exemplarily, a node may replace the RLC SN in the received status report with the RLC SN on the next-hop link corresponding to the RLC SN, thereby converting the status report to the next-hop node.
当步骤802采用方式2实现时，若第二节点包括donor-CU和donor-DU，该方法还可以包括：When step 802 is implemented by way 2, if the second node includes a donor-CU and a donor-DU, the method may further include:
21)donor-DU接收第五状态报告，第五状态报告为第一节点和第二节点之间的节点将第一状态报告中的信息转换为第二节点可识别的信息并向第二节点发送的状态报告。21) The donor-DU receives the fifth status report. The fifth status report is that the node between the first node and the second node converts the information in the first status report into information identifiable by the second node and sends it to the second node Status report.
22)donor-DU根据第五状态报告向donor-CU发送第三消息，第三消息中包括用于指示第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。22) The donor-DU sends a third message to the donor-CU according to the fifth status report, where the third message includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node.
步骤22)在具体实现时，donor-DU可以根据第五状态报告，将其中指示的已发送(或已成功发送的)的数据包的RLC SN转换为对应PDCP PDU中携带的PDCP SN，并根据转换后对应的PDCP SN生成第三消息向donor-CU发送。Step 22) In specific implementation, the donor-DU may convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the fifth status report, and according to After conversion, the corresponding PDCP SN generates a third message and sends it to the donor-CU.
其中，第五状态报告中可以包括第一节点的标识，第一节点的标识用于指示第五状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为第一节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。Wherein, the fifth status report may include the identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate that the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the fifth status report is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node .
第五状态报告中还可以包括第三节点的标识，第三节点的标识用于指示第五状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，第五状态报告中还包括第三节点的标识和至少一个无线承载的标识，第三节点的标识和该至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示第五状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过该至少一个无线承载向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。The fifth status report may further include an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the fifth status report is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node Or, the fifth status report also includes the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer, and the identifier of the third node and the identifier of the at least one radio bearer are used to indicate the sending of the data packet included in the fifth status report The state information is information about the sending state of the data packet sent to the third node through the at least one radio bearer.
示例性的，上述实施例中的第三消息可以为下行数据发送状态(downlink data delivery status，简称DDDS)报告。Exemplarily, the third message in the foregoing embodiment may be a downlink data transmission status (downlink data delivery status, DDDS for short) report.
可选的，当步骤802采用方式2实现时，第一节点和第二节点的上一跳节点之间的路径中的任意两个相邻节点之间的状态报告中包括第二指示信息，一个状态报告中包括的第二指示信息用于指示接收该状态报告的节点将该状态报告中的信息转换为接收该状态报告的节点的下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送。Optionally, when step 802 is implemented by way 2, the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the first hop node of the first node and the second node includes second indication information, one The second indication information included in the status report is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be recognized by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and send the information to the next hop node send.
另外，当第二节点包括donor-CU和donor-DU时，第二节点的上一跳节点和第二节点之间的状态报告中也可以包含第二指示信息，以便第二节点中的donor-DU根据该第二指示信息向第二节点的donor-CU发送第三消息。In addition, when the second node includes donor-CU and donor-DU, the status report between the previous hop node of the second node and the second node may also include second indication information, so that the donor- in the second node The DU sends a third message to the donor-CU of the second node according to the second instruction information.
示例性的，在普通的通信场景(即第三节点不进行切换时，第二节点和第三节点之间正常进行数据传输的通信场景)下，第一节点和第二节点之间的节点在接收到一个状态报告时，可以根据状态报告向发送状态报告的节点重新传输未正确发送的数据包，不会将接收到的状态报告进行转换并向下一跳节点发送，而在第三节点进行切换的通信场景下，需要将第一状态报告中的信息反馈给第二节点，则第一节点和第二节点之间的节点需要对接收到的状态报告进行转换并向下一跳节点发送。因此，通过在状态报告中添加第二指示信息，以区别普通的通信场景下的状态报告和第三节点在进行切换的通信场景下的状态报告。其中，当状态报告为Adapt层状态报告时，第二指示信息可以置于Adapt层状态报告中，也可以通过Adapt层状态报告的消息类型指示。Exemplarily, in a common communication scenario (that is, a communication scenario in which data transmission is normally performed between the second node and the third node when the third node does not switch), the node between the first node and the second node is When receiving a status report, you can retransmit the incorrectly sent data packet to the node that sent the status report according to the status report. The received status report will not be converted and sent to the next hop node. In the switched communication scenario, the information in the first status report needs to be fed back to the second node, and the node between the first node and the second node needs to convert the received status report and send it to the next hop node. Therefore, the second indication information is added to the status report to distinguish the status report in the ordinary communication scenario from the status report in the communication scenario where the third node performs handover. When the status report is an Adapt layer status report, the second indication information may be placed in the Adapt layer status report, or may be indicated by the message type of the Adapt layer status report.
可选的，在步骤802之前，该方法还可以包括：31)第一节点生成第一状态报告。步骤31)在具体实现时，可以通过以下方式(1)或方式(2)实现。Optionally, before step 802, the method may further include: 31) The first node generates a first status report. Step 31) In specific implementation, it can be implemented in the following manner (1) or manner (2).
方式(1)、第一节点根据发送的数据包生成第一状态报告。Method (1): The first node generates a first status report according to the sent data packet.
该情况下，数据包的发送状态为发送了数据包或未发送数据包。In this case, the transmission state of the data packet is that the data packet is transmitted or the data packet is not transmitted.
在方式(1)中，若第三节点和第二节点之间采用端到端的ARQ模式，一种情况下，第一节点可以直接向第二节点反馈RLC SDU分段的发送状态的信息，该情况下，第一节点在接收到第二节点发送的数据包时，不做RLC SDU分段的重组，直接向第三节点发送RLC SDU分段。另一种情况下，第一节点可以向第二节点反馈RLC SDU的发送状态的信息，该情况下，第一节点在接收到第二节点发送的数据包时，做RLC SDU分段的重组，向第三节点发送完整的RLC SDU。In mode (1), if the end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the third node and the second node, in one case, the first node can directly feed back the information about the transmission status of the RLC SDU segment to the second node. In this case, when receiving the data packet sent by the second node, the first node does not reassemble the RLC SDU segment, and directly sends the RLC SDU segment to the third node. In another case, the first node may feed back the information of the RLC SDU transmission status to the second node. In this case, the first node reassembles the RLC SDU segment when it receives the data packet sent by the second node. Send the complete RLC SDU to the third node.
该情况下，第一状态报告中可以通过数据包的SN指示数据包的发送或接收状态。示例性的，第一状态报告中可以包括已发送给第三节点的数据包的最大的RLC SN的信息，以及在此最大RLC SN之前未发送给第三节点的数据包的RLC SN的信息，还可以包括第一节点认为丢失的或认为第三节点未接收到的数据包的RLC SN的信息，若未发送给第三节点的数据包(或第一节点认为丢失的或第一节点认为第三节点未接收到的数据包)为RLC SDU分段，则第一状态报告中还需包含该分段相对于原完整RLC SDU的偏移值信息(即SO start及SO end，SO start表明该分段的首个字节相对于原完整RLC SDU的首字节的相对位置，SO end表明该分段的末尾字节相对于原完整RLC SDU的首字节的相对位置)。In this case, the SN of the data packet may be used to indicate the sending or receiving status of the data packet in the first status report. Exemplarily, the first status report may include the information about the maximum RLC SN of the data packet that has been sent to the third node, and the information about the RLC SN of the data packet that was not sent to the third node before the maximum RLC SN, It may also include information about the RLC and SN of the data packet that the first node thinks are missing or that the third node does not receive. If the data packet is not sent to the third node (or the first node thinks it is missing or the first node thinks it is The data packets not received by the three nodes) are RLC SDU segments, and the first status report must also include the offset value information of the segment relative to the original complete RLC SDU (ie SO start and SO end, SO start indicates that the The relative position of the first byte of the segment relative to the first byte of the original complete RLC SDU, SOend indicates the relative position of the last byte of the segment relative to the first byte of the original complete RLC SDU).
方式(2)、第一节点根据第三节点发送的状态报告生成第一状态报告。Manner (2): The first node generates a first status report according to the status report sent by the third node.
方式(2)在具体实现时可以包括：Method (2) may include:
41)第一节点向第三节点发送第一消息，第一消息包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。相应的，第三节点从第一节点接收第一消息。41) The first node sends a first message to the third node, where the first message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node. Correspondingly, the third node receives the first message from the first node.
42)第三节点向第一节点发送第二状态报告，第二状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。相应的，第一节点从第三节点接收第二状态报告。42) The third node sends a second status report to the first node. The second status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node. Correspondingly, the first node receives the second status report from the third node.
43)第一节点根据第二状态报告生成第一状态报告。43) The first node generates the first status report according to the second status report.
其中，第一消息可以为RLC状态轮询消息，该情况下，步骤41)在具体实现时，可以由第一节点的AM RLC实体向第三节点发送第一消息。第二状态报告可以为RLC层状态报告。The first message may be an RLC status polling message. In this case, step 41) In specific implementation, the first node's AM RLC entity may send the first message to the third node. The second status report may be an RLC layer status report.
该情况下，第一节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态是指发送成功数据包或未发送成功数据包，该可选的方法可以使得第二节点更加准确的确定第一节点和第三节点之间的数据包是否传输成功。In this case, the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node refers to the successful data packet or the unsuccessful data packet. This optional method can enable the second node to more accurately determine the first node and the third node. Whether the data packets between the three nodes were successfully transmitted.
该情况下，第一状态报告中可以通过数据包的SN指示数据包的发送或接收状态。示例性的，第一状态报告中可以包括比已给第三节点成功发送的数据包的最大的RLC SN大1的信息，以及在此信息对应的RLC SN之前未成功发送给第三节点的数据包的RLC SN的信息，还可以包括第一节点认为丢失的或认为第三节点未成功接收到的数据包的RLC SN的信息，若未成功发送给第三节点的数据包(或第一节点认为丢失的或第一节点认为第三节点未成功接收到的数据包)为RLC SDU分段，则第一状态报告中还需包含该分段相对于原完整RLC SDU的偏移值信息。In this case, the SN of the data packet may be used to indicate the sending or receiving status of the data packet in the first status report. Exemplarily, the first status report may include information larger than the largest RLC SN of the data packet that has been successfully sent to the third node, and data that was not successfully sent to the third node before the RLC corresponding to this information The RLC and SN information of the packet may also include the RLC and SN information of the data packet that the first node considers to be lost or that the third node has not received successfully. If the data packet is not successfully sent to the third node (or the first node If the data packet that is considered lost or considered by the first node to be unsuccessfully received by the third node is an RLC SDU segment, the first status report also needs to include the offset value of the segment relative to the original complete RLC SDU.
当第一节点端到端的将第一状态报告发送给第二节点时，步骤43)可以通过以下方式3或方式4实现，当第一节点逐跳的将第一状态报告发送给第二节点时，步骤43)可以通过以下方式5实现。When the first node sends the first status report to the second node end-to-end, step 43) can be implemented in the following manner 3 or manner 4, when the first node sends the first status report to the second node hop by hop , Step 43) can be achieved in the following manner 5.
方式3、第一节点根据第一链路和第一路径之间的RLC SN的对应关系以及第二状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第一状态报告；第一链路为第一节点和第三节点之间的链路，第一路径为第一节点和第二节点之间的路径。Manner 3: The first node generates a first status report according to the corresponding relationship between the RLC and SN between the first link and the first path and the RLC included in the second status report; the first link is the first node and the third For links between nodes, the first path is the path between the first node and the second node.
当步骤43)采用方式3实现时，第三节点为终端，第一节点中可以保存有第一链路和第一路径之间的RLC SN的对应关系。参见图9，终端和第一节点之间对等的RLC层为完整的RLC层，在第一节点和第二节点之间，具有对等的H-RLC层。链路1上RLC SN为1、2和3的数据包在路径1上为RLC SN为5、7和9的数据包，则链路1上的值为1、2和3的RLC SN与路径1上的值为5、7和9的RLC SN具备映射关系。为了保证第二节点可以识别状态报告中的信息，当第一节点在H-RLC层接收到的状态报告中包含值为1、2或3的RLC SN时，第一节点在H-RLC层向第二节点发送的状态报告中，将1、2或3对应替换为5、7或9。When step 43) is implemented by way 3, the third node is a terminal, and the first node may store the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the first link and the first path. Referring to FIG. 9, the peer RLC layer between the terminal and the first node is a complete RLC layer, and there is a peer H-RLC layer between the first node and the second node. The data packets with RLC SN 1, 2, and 3 on link 1 are the data packets with RLC SN 5, 7, and 9 on path 1, and the RLC SN and path with values 1, 2, and 3 on link 1 are The RLC values of 1, 7, and 9 on 1 have a mapping relationship. In order to ensure that the second node can recognize the information in the status report, when the status report received by the first node at the H-RLC layer contains an RLC value of 1, 2, or 3, the first node reports to the H-RLC layer In the status report sent by the second node, 1, 2, or 3 is replaced by 5, 7, or 9, respectively.
方式4、第一节点根据第一链路的RLC SN和PDCP SN之间的对应关系以及第二状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第一状态报告；第一链路为第一节点和第三节点之间的链路。Manner 4. The first node generates a first status report according to the correspondence between the RLC SN and PDCP SN of the first link and the RLC SN included in the second status report; the first link is the first node and the third node The link between.
当步骤43)采用方式4实现时，第三节点为终端，第一状态报告为Adapt层状态报告，第一节点中可以保存有第一链路的RLC SN和PDCP SN之间的对应关系。PDCP SN为终端的PDCP层的SN。When step 43) is implemented by way 4, the third node is a terminal, the first status report is an Adapt layer status report, and the first node may store the correspondence between the RLC SN and PDCP SN of the first link. PDCP SN is the SN of the PDCP layer of the terminal.
方式5、第一节点根据上一跳链路(记为第一链路)和下一跳链路(记为第二链路)之间的RLC SN的对应关系和第二状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第一状态报告； 第一链路为第一节点和第三节点之间的链路，第二链路为第一节点和第五节点之间的链路。 Method 5. The first node according to the RLC SN correspondence between the previous hop link (marked as the first link) and the next hop link (marked as the second link) and the second status report contains The RLC SN generates a first status report; the first link is the link between the first node and the third node, and the second link is the link between the first node and the fifth node.
可选的，第一节点中可以保存有上一跳链路和下一跳链路之间的RLC SN的对应关系。Optionally, the first node may store the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link.
本申请实施例中的上一跳链路和下一跳链路之间的RLC SN的映射关系可参考图10进行理解。其中，链路1上RLC SN为1、2和3的数据包在链路2上为RLC SN为5、7和9的数据包，则链路1上的值为1、2和3的RLC SN与链路2上的值为5、7和9的RLC SN具备映射关系。为了保证第五节点可以识别状态报告中的信息，当第一节点接收到的状态报告中包含值为1、2或3的RLC SN时，第一节点向第五节点发送的状态报告中，将1、2或3对应替换为5、7或9。The mapping relationship between RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to FIG. 10. Among them, the data packet with RLC SN 1, 2 and 3 on link 1 is the data packet with RLC SN 5, 5, and 9 on link 2, then the value of RLC with value 1, 2 and 3 on link 1 There is a mapping relationship between the SN and the RLC SN of the values 5, 7, and 9 on the link 2. In order to ensure that the fifth node can recognize the information in the status report, when the status report received by the first node contains an RLC value of 1, 2, or 3, the status report sent by the first node to the fifth node will Replace 1, 2, or 3 with 5, 7, or 9, respectively.
本申请实施例提供的方法，第一节点可以在接收到第一指示信息和/或切换命令时，就向第二节点发送第一状态报告，从而使得第二节点尽早的接收到第二节点向第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态，从而避免第三节点未接收成功的数据包等待的时间过长，提高网络的通信效率。同时，可以避免由于第三节点接收到的PDCP PDU中的PDCP SN产生了较大的间隔(gap)而导致的第二节点和第三节点之间的超帧号(hyper frame number，简称HFN)失步的问题。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the first node may send the first status report to the second node when receiving the first indication information and / or the handover command, so that the second node receives the second node The sending status of the data packet sent by the third node, thereby avoiding that the third node waits too long for unsuccessful data packets, and improves the communication efficiency of the network. At the same time, it is possible to avoid the hyperframe number (HFN) between the second node and the third node due to a large gap generated by the PDCP SN in the PDCP PDU received by the third node Out of step problem.
可选的，该方法还包括：第一节点向第二节点发送缓存的第三节点发送的上行数据包。第一节点可以继续经由其回传链路传输第三节点的上行数据包，第二节点可以根据第一节点转发的上行数据包，统计第三节点发送的上行数据包的接收状态。目前针对第三节点在切换过程中如何处理第三节点已经发送过的上行数据包，现有技术中并未给出具体的实现方案。该可选的方法，给出了第一节点发送缓存的第三节点发送的上行数据包的方法，保证了上行业务的连续性，从而使得第三节点不需要在切换之后再重新发送已经发送过的上行数据包，避免了空口资源的浪费。Optionally, the method further includes: the first node sends the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node to the second node. The first node may continue to transmit the uplink data packet of the third node via its backhaul link, and the second node may count the reception status of the uplink data packet sent by the third node according to the uplink data packet forwarded by the first node. Currently, no specific implementation solution is given in the prior art for how the third node handles the uplink data packet that the third node has sent during the handover process. This optional method provides a method for the first node to send the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node, which ensures the continuity of the uplink service, so that the third node does not need to retransmit after it has been sent Upstream data packets to avoid the waste of air interface resources.
该可选的方法，第一节点经由其回传链路传输第三节点的上行数据包，以便第二节点继续进行数据包的传输(包括重传)等操作。In this optional method, the first node transmits the uplink data packet of the third node via its backhaul link, so that the second node continues to perform operations such as data packet transmission (including retransmission).
可选的，该方法还包括：第一节点向第二节点发送第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第一节点已发送完缓存的第三节点发送的全部上行数据包。Optionally, the method further includes: the first node sends third indication information to the second node, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first node has sent all the uplink data packets sent by the cached third node.
其中，第三指示信息可以包含在最后一个上行数据包中，例如，可以在RLC头信息的保留字段(reserved field)中利用1比特携带该第三指示信息，也可以携带在适配层的头信息中；该第三指示信息还可以是一个独立的数据包(adapt PDU或RLC PDU)。第三指示信息也可以称为结束标记(end marker)。第二节点接收到第三指示信息之后，可以指示第一节点释放第三节点的所有上下文。当第三节点为无线回传节点时，第二节点还可以指示第一节点释放第三节点服务的所有终端的上下文。The third indication information may be included in the last uplink data packet. For example, the third indication information may be carried in 1 bit in the reserved field of the RLC header information, or may be carried in the header of the adaptation layer. In the information; the third indication information may also be an independent data packet (adapt PDU or RLC PDU). The third indication information may also be called an end marker. After receiving the third indication information, the second node may instruct the first node to release all the context of the third node. When the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the second node may also instruct the first node to release the context of all terminals served by the third node.
示例性的，当第一节点的宿主节点(即第二节点)和第四节点的宿主节点(即第六节点)为不同的节点时，可选的，第三节点在切换之后，第二节点向第六节点发送SN状态(status)转移消息，SN状态转移消息用于向第六节点指示第二节点向第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态以及第三节点向第二节点发送的上行数据包的发送状态，以便第三节点在切换之后，通过第六节点继续传输数据包。其中，第三节点通过第六节点传输数据包包括：第三节点从第六节点接收下行数据包，第三节点向第六节 点发送上行数据包。其中，下行数据包可以为第六节点发送的或经由第六节点发送的(例如，核心网通过第六节点发送的)下行数据包。上行数据包可以为第三节点发送的或经由第三节点发送的(例如，第三节点服务的终端发送的，第三节点服务的子节点发送的，或者，第三节点服务的子节点服务的终端发送的)上行数据包。Exemplarily, when the host node of the first node (ie, the second node) and the host node of the fourth node (ie, the sixth node) are different nodes, optionally, after the third node is switched, the second node Send an SN status transfer message to the sixth node. The SN status transfer message is used to indicate to the sixth node the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the second node to the third node and the uplink sent by the third node to the second node The sending state of the data packet, so that the third node continues to transmit the data packet through the sixth node after the handover. Wherein, the third node transmitting the data packet through the sixth node includes: the third node receives the downstream data packet from the sixth node, and the third node sends the upstream data packet to the sixth node. The downlink data packet may be a downlink data packet sent by the sixth node or sent via the sixth node (for example, sent by the core network through the sixth node). The uplink data packet may be sent by the third node or sent via the third node (for example, sent by a terminal served by the third node, sent by a child node served by the third node, or served by a child node served by the third node The uplink data packet sent by the terminal.
可选的，第二节点通过Xn接口(NR基站之间的接口，或不同NR基站的CU之间的接口)向第六节点发送第三节点未接收成功的下行数据包和/或第二节点从第一节点接收到的原本缓存在第一节点中的第三节点发送的上行数据包，再由第六节点通过第四节点将第三节点未接收成功的下行数据包重传给第三节点。可选的，第三节点在完成切换后可以将第二节点或第一节点未接收成功的上行数据包向第六节点发送。Optionally, the second node sends a downlink data packet that the third node fails to receive and / or the second node to the sixth node through the Xn interface (the interface between NR base stations or the interface between CUs of different NR base stations) The uplink data packet received from the first node that was originally buffered in the first node and sent by the third node, and then the sixth node retransmits the unsuccessful downlink data packet of the third node to the third node through the fourth node . Optionally, after completing the handover, the third node may send the upstream data packet that the second node or the first node did not receive successfully to the sixth node.
其中，当第二节点和第六节点为donor-CU和donor-DU分离的形态时，若为第四节点提供回传连接的第六节点的donor-DU和为第一节点提供回传连接的第二节点的donor-DU为同一个donor-DU时，该donor-DU可以根据接收到的第二节点向第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息，直接通过第四节点将第三节点未成功接收的下行数据包重传给第三节点，从而避免在第三节点切换的过程中，第三节点未成功接收的下行数据包在donor-CU和donor-DU之间作多次转发。Among them, when the second node and the sixth node are in the form of separate donor-CU and donor-DU, if the donor-DU of the sixth node that provides the backhaul connection for the fourth node and the backhaul connection for the first node When the donor-DU of the second node is the same donor-DU, the donor-DU can directly pass the third node to the third node according to the received information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the second node to the third node. The downlink data packets that the node has not successfully received are retransmitted to the third node, so as to avoid that the downlink data packets that the third node has not successfully received are forwarded multiple times between donor-CU and donor-DU during the handover of the third node.
实施例二Example 2
该实施例提供了一种通信方法，如图11所示，包括：This embodiment provides a communication method, as shown in FIG. 11, including:
1101、第二节点确定需要第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点时，向第三节点发送切换命令。相应的，第三节点接收切换命令，切换命令用于第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点。1101: When the second node determines that the third node needs to be switched from the first node to the fourth node, it sends a switching command to the third node. Correspondingly, the third node receives the switching command, and the switching command is used for the third node to switch from the first node to the fourth node.
示例性的，步骤1101在具体实现时，第二节点发送切换命令的场景可以参见上述实施例中的相应部分的描述，在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, when step 1101 is specifically implemented, the scenario in which the second node sends the handover command can refer to the description of the corresponding part in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
示例性的，切换命令可以为RRC重配置消息。Exemplarily, the handover command may be an RRC reconfiguration message.
1102、第三节点向第二节点发送第三状态报告。1102. The third node sends a third status report to the second node.
其中，在第三节点为终端的情况下，第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，第三状态报告包括：用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，或者，用于指示第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。Where the third node is a terminal, the third status report includes information indicating the receiving status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node Next, the third status report includes: information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, or information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node.
示例性的，在第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，第三节点发送的下行数据包可以为第三节点向其服务的终端发送的下行数据包，也可以为第三节点向其服务的无线回传节点发送的下行数据包。可选的，当第三节点服务的终端(或无线回传节点)和第二节点之间采用端到端的ARQ模式传输数据包时，第三节点负责转发数据包，不具有ARQ的功能，也就是说，第三节点无法获取第三节点服务的终端或IAB节点从第三节点接收到的数据包的接收状态(即是否接收成功)的信息。因此，第三节点向第二节点报告下行数据包的发送状态的信息时，可以将其已经发送的下行数据包的序号告知第二节点，以便第二节点确定哪些数据包需要重传等。Exemplarily, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the downlink data packet sent by the third node may be a downlink data packet sent by the third node to the terminal served by it, or may be served by the third node The downlink data packet sent by the wireless backhaul node. Optionally, when an end-to-end ARQ mode is used to transmit data packets between the terminal (or wireless backhaul node) served by the third node and the second node, the third node is responsible for forwarding the data packets, and does not have the ARQ function. That is, the third node cannot obtain information on the reception status (ie, whether the reception is successful) of the data packet received by the terminal or IAB node served by the third node from the third node. Therefore, when the third node reports the information of the transmission status of the downlink data packet to the second node, it may notify the second node of the sequence number of the downlink data packet that it has sent, so that the second node determines which data packets need to be retransmitted, and so on.
本申请实施例中，第三节点服务的终端可以为普通终端，也可以为角色为终端的IAB节点(例如IAB节点的MT部分)。该实施例中的数据包可以为RLC SDU分段，也可以为RLC SDU。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal served by the third node may be an ordinary terminal, or may be an IAB node whose role is the terminal (for example, the MT part of the IAB node). The data packet in this embodiment may be segmented by RLC SDU or RLC SDU.
其中，当第三节点为终端时，第三状态报告可以为RLC层状态报告，当第三节点为无线回传节点时，第三状态报告可以为Adapt层状态报告或RLC层状态报告。Wherein, when the third node is a terminal, the third status report may be an RLC layer status report, and when the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report may be an Adapt layer status report or an RLC layer status report.
第三状态报告中可以包括第三节点的标识。在第三节点为终端的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点、且第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点、且第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第三状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。The identifier of the third node may be included in the third status report. In the case where the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the third status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; When the three nodes are wireless backhaul nodes and the third status report includes information indicating the receiving status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third status report The information on the reception status of the included data packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the third status report includes a downlink used to instruct the third node to send In the case of information about the transmission status of the data packet, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the third status report is the information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node.
在第三节点为无线回传节点、且第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，第三状态报告中还可以包括第三节点服务的终端的标识，用于指示第三状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向该终端发送的数据包的发送状态的信息，其中，第三状态报告中可以包括一个或多个终端的标识；或者，第三状态报告中还可以包含终端的标识以及该终端的无线承载的标识，用于指示第三状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过该终端的无线承载向该终端发送的数据包的发送状态的信息，其中，第三报告状态中可以包括一个终端的一个或多个无线承载的标识，或，多个终端的多个无线承载的标识。In the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the third status report includes information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, the third status report may also include a terminal served by the third node , The information used to indicate the sending status of the data packet included in the third status report is the sending status of the data packet sent to the terminal, where the third status report may include the identification of one or more terminals Or, the third status report may also include the terminal's identification and the terminal's wireless bearer's identification, which is used to indicate the sending status of the data packet included in the third status report to the terminal via the terminal's wireless bearer. Information about the transmission status of the transmitted data packet, where the third report status may include one or more radio bearer identifiers of one terminal, or multiple radio bearer identifiers of multiple terminals.
第三状态报告中可以通过数据包的SN指示数据包的发送或接收状态，数据包的SN具体可以为数据包在RLC层的SN。示例性的，第三状态报告中可以包括已发送(或已接收)的数据包的最大的RLC SN的信息，以及在此最大RLC SN之前未发送(或未接收到)的数据包的RLC SN的信息，若未发送(或未接收到)的数据包为RLC SDU分段，则第三状态报告中还需包含该分段相对于原完整RLC SDU的偏移值信息。In the third status report, the sending or receiving status of the data packet may be indicated by the SN of the data packet. The SN of the data packet may specifically be the SN of the data packet at the RLC layer. Exemplarily, the third status report may include information about the maximum RLC of the sent (or received) data packet, and the RLC of the data packet that was not sent (or not received) before the maximum RLC SN If the unsent (or unreceived) data packet is an RLC SDU segment, the third status report must also include the offset value of the segment relative to the original complete RLC SDU.
步骤1102在具体实现时，可以采用方式6或方式7实现。Step 1102 may be implemented in mode 6 or mode 7 when it is specifically implemented.
方式6、第三节点端到端的将第三状态报告发送给第二节点。Manner 6: The third node sends the third status report to the second node end-to-end.
该情况下，第三节点和第二节点之间的节点可以将第三状态报告转发给第二节点。In this case, the node between the third node and the second node may forward the third status report to the second node.
当步骤1102采用方式6实现时，若第二节点包括donor-CU和donor-DU，该方法还可以包括：When step 1102 is implemented by way 6, if the second node includes a donor-CU and a donor-DU, the method may further include:
51)donor-DU从第三节点接收第三状态报告。51) The donor-DU receives the third status report from the third node.
52)donor-DU根据第三状态报告向donor-CU发送第四消息。52) The donor-DU sends a fourth message to the donor-CU according to the third status report.
其中，在第三节点为终端的情况下，第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，第四消息中包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，第四消息中包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，第三状态报告包括用于指示第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息，第四消息中包括用于指示第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。Where the third node is a terminal, the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, and the fourth message includes information indicating that the third node Information on the reception status of data packets received by a node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node Information, the fourth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes an indication Information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node. The fourth message includes information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node.
步骤52)在具体实现时，donor-DU可以将根据第三状态报告，将其中指示的已发送(或已成功发送的)的数据包的RLC SN转换为对应PDCP PDU中携带的PDCP SN，并根据转换后对应的PDCP SN生成第四消息中向donor-CU发送。Step 52) In the specific implementation, the donor-DU may convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the third status report, and The fourth message is generated according to the converted PDCP SN and sent to the donor-CU.
方式7、第三节点逐跳的将第三状态报告发送给第二节点。Manner 7: The third node sends the third status report to the second node hop by hop.
该情况下，步骤1102在具体实现时可以包括：第三节点通过第三节点和第二节点之间的节点向第二节点发送第三状态报告，第三节点和第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送。In this case, the specific implementation of step 1102 may include: the third node sends a third status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node. The node between the third node and the second node uses Yu converts the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and places it in the status report to send to the next hop node.
在方式7中，第三节点和第二节点之间的节点可以根据上一跳链路和下一跳链路之间的RLC SN之间的对应关系以及上一跳节点发送的状态报告生成向下一跳节点发送的状态报告，并置于状态报告中向下一跳节点发送。示例性的，一个节点可以将接收到的状态报告中的RLC SN替换为下一跳链路上的与该RLC SN对应的RLC SN，从而转换为向下一跳节点发送的状态报告。In mode 7, the node between the third node and the second node can generate a report based on the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link and the status report sent by the previous hop node. The status report sent by the next hop node is placed in the status report and sent to the next hop node. Exemplarily, a node may replace the RLC SN in the received status report with the RLC SN on the next-hop link corresponding to the RLC SN, thereby converting the status report to the next-hop node.
关于上一跳链路和下一跳链路之间的RLC SN之间的对应关系的描述可参见上文，在此不再赘述。For the description of the correspondence between the RLC and SN between the previous hop link and the next hop link, please refer to the above, which will not be repeated here.
当步骤1102采用方式7实现时，若第二节点包括donor-CU和donor-DU，该方法还可以包括：When step 1102 is implemented in manner 7, if the second node includes a donor-CU and a donor-DU, the method may further include:
61)donor-DU接收第六状态报告；第六状态报告为第三节点和第二节点之间的节点将第三状态报告中的信息转换为第二节点可识别的信息并向第二节点发送的状态报告。61) The donor-DU receives the sixth status report; the sixth status report is that the node between the third node and the second node converts the information in the third status report into information that can be recognized by the second node and sends it to the second node Status report.
62)donor-DU根据第六状态报告向donor-CU发送第四消息。62) The donor-DU sends a fourth message to the donor-CU according to the sixth status report.
步骤62)在具体实现时，donor-DU可以将根据第六状态报告，将其中指示的已发送(或已成功发送的)的数据包的RLC SN转换为对应PDCP PDU中携带的PDCP SN，并根据转换后对应的PDCP SN生成第四消息中向donor-CU发送。Step 62) In the specific implementation, the donor-DU may convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the sixth status report, and The fourth message is generated according to the converted PDCP SN and sent to the donor-CU.
可选的，第六状态报告中包括第三节点的标识；在第三节点为终端的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第六状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点、且第六状态报告包括用于指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第六状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在第三节点为无线回传节点、且第六状态报告包括用于指示第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，第三节点的标识用于指示第六状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。Optionally, the sixth status report includes the identifier of the third node; in the case where the third node is a terminal, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the sixth status report is the first Information on the reception status of the data packet received by the three nodes; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the sixth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node In the case, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate that the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the sixth status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is the wireless backhaul node And, when the sixth status report includes information indicating the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the information regarding the transmission status of the downlink data packet included in the sixth status report Information about the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node.
其中，第四消息中所包含的信息可参见上文。上述实施例中的第四消息可以为DDDS。Among them, the information contained in the fourth message can be referred to above. The fourth message in the foregoing embodiment may be DDDS.
当步骤1102采用方式7实现时，可选的，第三节点和第二节点的上一跳节点之间的路径中的任意两个相邻节点之间的状态报告中包括第四指示信息，一个状态报告中包括的第四指示信息用于指示接收该状态报告的节点将该状态报告中的信息转换为接收该状态报告的节点的下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送。When step 1102 is implemented in mode 7, optionally, the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the third node and the previous hop node of the second node includes fourth indication information, one The fourth indication information included in the status report is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be recognized by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and send the information to the next hop node send.
可选的，在普通的通信场景(即第三节点不进行切换时，第二节点和第三节点之间正常进行数据传输的通信场景)下，第三节点和第二节点之间的节点在接收到一个状态报告时，可以根据状态报告向发送状态报告的节点重新传输未正确发送的数据包，不会将接收到的状态报告进行转换并向下一跳节点发送，而在第三节点进行切换的通信场景下，需要将第三状态报告中的信息反馈给第二节点，则第三节点和第二节点之间的节点需要对接收到的状态报告进行转换并向下一跳节点发送。因此，通过在状态报告中添加第四指示信息，以区别普通的通信场景下的状态报告和第三节点在进行切换的通信场景下的状态报告。其中，当状态报告为Adapt层状态报告时，第四指示信息可以位于Adapt层状态报告中，也可以通过Adapt层状态报告的消息类型指示。可选的，在第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，该方法还包括：Optionally, in a common communication scenario (that is, a communication scenario where data transmission is normally performed between the second node and the third node when the third node does not switch), the node between the third node and the second node is When receiving a status report, you can retransmit the incorrectly sent data packet to the node that sent the status report according to the status report. The received status report will not be converted and sent to the next hop node. In the switched communication scenario, the information in the third status report needs to be fed back to the second node, and the node between the third node and the second node needs to convert the received status report and send it to the next hop node. Therefore, the fourth indication information is added to the status report to distinguish the status report in the ordinary communication scenario and the status report in the communication scenario where the third node performs handover. When the status report is an Adapt layer status report, the fourth indication information may be located in the Adapt layer status report, or may be indicated by the message type of the Adapt layer status report. Optionally, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the method further includes:
71)第三节点向第三节点服务的终端发送第二消息，第二消息包括用于指示第三节点服务的终端报告从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。相应的，第三节点服务的终端从第三节点接收第二消息。71) The third node sends a second message to the terminal served by the third node, and the second message includes information indicating that the terminal served by the third node reports the reception status of the data packet received from the third node. Correspondingly, the terminal served by the third node receives the second message from the third node.
72)第三节点服务的终端向第三节点发送状态报告，一个终端的状态报告包括用于指示该终端从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。相应的，第三节点接收第三节点服务的终端的状态报告。72) The terminal served by the third node sends a status report to the third node. The status report of a terminal includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal from the third node. Correspondingly, the third node receives the status report of the terminal served by the third node.
73)第三节点根据第三节点服务的终端的状态报告向第二节点发送第四状态报告，第四状态报告包括用于指示第三节点服务的终端从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。73) The third node sends a fourth status report to the second node according to the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and the fourth status report includes a reception status for instructing the terminal served by the third node to receive the data packet from the third node Information.
其中，第二消息可以为RLC状态轮询消息，该情况下，步骤71)在具体实现时，可以由第三节点的AM RLC实体向第三节点服务的终端发送第二消息。终端的状态报告可以为RLC层状态报告，第四状态报告可以为RLC层状态报告或Adapt层状态报告。The second message may be an RLC status polling message. In this case, step 71) In specific implementation, the third node's AM RLC entity may send the second message to the terminal served by the third node. The status report of the terminal may be an RLC layer status report, and the fourth status report may be an RLC layer status report or an Adapt layer status report.
该可选的方法可以使得第二节点更加准确的确定第三节点和其服务的终端之间的数据包是否传输成功。该可选的方法可以应用在终端和第二节点之间采用逐跳的ARQ模式，或者，为终端提供无线接入服务的节点和第二节点之间采用端到端的ARQ模式的场景下。通过第三节点发送第四状态报告，可以使得第二节点知道第三节点和终端之间的数据包传输状态的最新信息。This optional method may enable the second node to more accurately determine whether the data packet between the third node and the terminal it serves is successfully transmitted. The optional method may be applied in a scenario where a hop-by-hop ARQ mode is adopted between the terminal and the second node, or an end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the node that provides wireless access service for the terminal and the second node. The third node sends the fourth status report, so that the second node can know the latest information of the data packet transmission status between the third node and the terminal.
可选的，第四状态报告包括第三节点服务的终端的标识，第三节点服务的终端的标识用于指示第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，第四状态报告包括第三节点服务的终端的标识和第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，第三节点服务的终端的标识和第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点服务的终端通过至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。Optionally, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate that the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the fourth status report is the terminal served by the third node Information on the reception status of the received data packet; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node, the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the first The identifier of the at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the three-node is used to indicate the information of the reception status of the data packet included in the fourth status report as the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one radio bearer .
步骤73)在具体实现时，可以通过方式8或方式9实现。Step 73) In specific implementation, it can be implemented by way 8 or way 9.
方式8、第三节点端到端的将第四状态报告发送给第二节点。Manner 8. The third node sends the fourth status report to the second node end-to-end.
方式8在具体实现时，又可以通过以下方式1)或方式2)实现。Mode 8 can be implemented in the following mode 1) or mode 2) when it is specifically implemented.
方式1)、第三节点根据第三链路和第二路径之间的RLC SN的对应关系和第三 节点服务的终端的状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第四状态报告，并向第二节点发送第四状态报告。Method 1), the third node generates a fourth status report according to the RLC SN correspondence between the third link and the second path and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and sends the fourth status report to the second node Send the fourth status report.
方式2)、第三节点根据第三链路的RLC SN和PDCP SN的对应关系和第三节点服务的终端的状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第四状态报告，并向第二节点发送第四状态报告。Method 2). The third node generates a fourth status report according to the correspondence between the RLC SN and PDCP SN of the third link and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and sends the fourth status report to the second node status report.
方式1)和方式2)中，第三链路为第三节点和第三节点服务的终端之间的链路，第二路径为第三节点和第二节点之间的路径。In Mode 1) and Mode 2), the third link is the link between the third node and the terminal served by the third node, and the second path is the path between the third node and the second node.
方式1)和方式2)的实现方式与上述实施例中的方式3和方式4的实现方式分别类似，具体可参照上文进行理解，在此不再赘述。The implementation manners of the manner 1) and the manner 2) are similar to the implementation manners of the manner 3 and the manner 4 in the foregoing embodiment respectively. For details, reference may be made to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
在方式2)中，第四状态报告中包含的数据包的序号可以为PDCP SN。In method 2), the sequence number of the data packet included in the fourth status report may be PDCP SN.
当步骤73)采用方式8实现时，若第二节点包括donor-CU和donor-DU，则该方法还可以包括：When step 73) is implemented in manner 8, if the second node includes donor-CU and donor-DU, the method may further include:
81)donor-DU从第三节点接收第四状态报告，第四状态报告包括用于指示第三节点服务的终端从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。81) The donor-DU receives the fourth status report from the third node, and the fourth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
82)donor-DU根据第四状态报告向donor-CU发送第五消息，第五消息中包括用于指示第三节点服务的终端从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。82) The donor-DU sends a fifth message to the donor-CU according to the fourth status report, where the fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
步骤82)在具体实现时，donor-DU可以根据第四状态报告，将其中指示的已发送(或已成功发送的)的数据包的RLC SN转换为对应PDCP PDU中携带的PDCP SN，并根据转换后对应的PDCP SN生成第五消息中向donor-CU发送。Step 82) In specific implementation, the donor-DU may convert the RLC SN of the data packet sent (or successfully sent) indicated in it to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the fourth status report, and according to After conversion, the corresponding PDCP SN generates a fifth message and sends it to the donor-CU.
可选的，当第四状态报告中包含的数据包的序号为PDCP SN时，donor-DU可以将第四状态报告中的PDCP SN包含在第五消息中向donor-CU发送。Optionally, when the sequence number of the data packet included in the fourth status report is PDCP SN, the donor-DU may include the PDCP SN in the fourth status report in the fifth message and send it to the donor-CU.
方式9、第三节点逐跳的将第四状态报告发送给第二节点。 Manner 9. The third node sends the fourth status report to the second node hop by hop.
方式9在具体实现时可以包括：第三节点根据第三链路和第四链路之间的RLC SN的对应关系和第三节点服务的终端的状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成第四状态报告，并通过第三节点和第二节点之间的节点向第二节点发送第四状态报告，第三节点和第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送，第四链路为第三节点和第一节点之间的链路。 Method 9 may include: the third node generates the fourth status report according to the RLC SN correspondence between the third link and the fourth link and the RLC included in the status report of the terminal served by the third node , And send a fourth status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node. The node between the third node and the second node is used for the status report received from the previous hop node. The information is converted into information that can be identified by the next-hop node and sent to the next-hop node, and the fourth link is the link between the third node and the first node.
方式9的实现方式与上述实施例中的方式5的实现方式类似，具体可参照上文进行理解，在此不再赘述。The implementation manner of the manner 9 is similar to the implementation manner of the manner 5 in the foregoing embodiment, and specific reference may be made to the above for understanding, and details are not described herein again.
当步骤73)采用方式9实现时，若第二节点包括donor-CU和donor-DU，则该方法还可以包括：When step 73) is implemented in manner 9, if the second node includes donor-CU and donor-DU, the method may further include:
91)donor-DU接收第七状态报告，第七状态报告为第三节点和第二节点之间的节点将第四状态报告中的信息转换为第二节点可识别的信息并向第二节点发送的状态报告，第四状态报告包括用于指示第三节点服务的终端从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；91) The donor-DU receives the seventh status report. The seventh status report is that the node between the third node and the second node converts the information in the fourth status report into information that the second node can recognize and sends it to the second node. Status report, the fourth status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node;
92)donor-DU根据第七状态报告向donor-CU发送第五消息，第五消息中包括用于指示第三节点服务的终端从第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。92) The donor-DU sends a fifth message to the donor-CU according to the seventh status report, where the fifth message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node from the third node.
步骤92)在具体实现时，donor-DU可以根据第七状态报告，将其中指示的已发送(或已成功发送的)的数据包的RLC SN转换为对应PDCP PDU中携带的PDCP SN， 并根据转换后对应的PDCP SN生成第五消息中向donor-CU发送。Step 92) In specific implementation, the donor-DU can convert the RLC SN of the sent (or successfully sent) data packet indicated therein to the PDCP SN carried in the corresponding PDCP PDU according to the seventh status report, and according to After conversion, the corresponding PDCP SN generates a fifth message and sends it to the donor-CU.
可选的，第七状态报告包括第三节点服务的终端的标识，第三节点服务的终端的标识用于指示第七状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，第七状态报告包括第三节点服务的终端的标识和第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，第三节点服务的终端的标识和第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示第七状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为第三节点服务的终端通过至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。Optionally, the seventh status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate that the information about the reception status of the data packet included in the seventh status report is the terminal served by the third node Information on the reception status of the received data packet; or, the seventh status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node, the identifier of the terminal served by the third node, and the first The identifier of the at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the three-node is used to indicate the information of the reception status of the data packet included in the seventh status report as the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one radio bearer .
示例性的，上述实施例中的第五消息可以为DDDS。Exemplarily, the fifth message in the foregoing embodiment may be DDDS.
本申请实施例提供的方法，第三节点可以在接收到切换命令时(即不是在切换完成之后)，就向第二节点发送第三状态报告，从而使得第二节点尽早的接收到数据包的发送状态或接收状态，从而避免未接收成功或未发送成功的数据包的等待的时间过长，提高网络的通信效率。同时，可以避免由于第三节点接收到的PDCP PDU的序号PDCP SN产生了较大的间隙(gap)而导致的第二节点和第三节点之间的超帧号失步的问题。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the third node may send a third status report to the second node when receiving the handover command (that is, not after the handover is completed), so that the second node receives the data packet as soon as possible. Sending state or receiving state, so as to avoid waiting for unsuccessful or unsuccessful data packets for too long, and improve the communication efficiency of the network. At the same time, the problem that the superframe number between the second node and the third node is out of synchronization due to a large gap generated by the sequence number PDCP SN of the PDCP PDU received by the third node can be avoided.
示例性的，当第一节点的宿主节点(即第二节点)和第四节点的宿主节点(即第六节点)为不同的节点时，第三节点在切换之后，第二节点需要向第六节点发送SN状态(status)转移(transfer)消息，SN状态转移消息用于向第六节点指示第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态或第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态，以便第三节点在切换之后，通过第六节点继续传输数据包。其中，第三节点通过第六节点传输数据包包括：第三节点从第六节点接收下行数据包，第三节点向第六节点发送上行数据包。其中，下行数据包可以为第六节点发送的或经由第六节点发送的(例如，核心网通过第六节点发送的)下行数据包。上行数据包可以为第三节点发送的或经由第三节点发送的(例如，第三节点服务的终端发送的，第三节点服务的子节点发送的，或者，第三节点服务的子节点服务的终端发送的)上行数据包。Exemplarily, when the host node of the first node (that is, the second node) and the host node of the fourth node (that is, the sixth node) are different nodes, after the third node switches, the second node needs to The node sends an SN status (transfer) message. The SN status transfer message is used to indicate to the sixth node the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node or the transmission status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node So that the third node continues to transmit data packets through the sixth node after the handover. Wherein, the third node transmitting the data packet through the sixth node includes: the third node receives the downlink data packet from the sixth node, and the third node sends the uplink data packet to the sixth node. The downlink data packet may be a downlink data packet sent by the sixth node or sent via the sixth node (for example, sent by the core network through the sixth node). The uplink data packet may be sent by the third node or sent via the third node (for example, sent by a terminal served by the third node, sent by a child node served by the third node, or served by a child node served by the third node The uplink data packet sent by the terminal.
可选的，第二节点通过Xn接口向第六节点发送第三节点未接收成功或未发送的下行数据包，再由第六节点通过第四节点将第三节点未接收成功的下行数据包重传给第三节点或将第二节点未发送给第三节点的下行数据包发送给第三节点。Optionally, the second node sends the sixth node an unsuccessful or unsent downlink data packet to the sixth node through the Xn interface, and then the sixth node retransmits the unsuccessful downlink data packet of the third node through the fourth node The downlink data packet transmitted to the third node or sent to the third node by the second node is not sent to the third node.
其中，当第二节点和第六节点为donor-CU和donor-DU分离的形态时，若为第四节点提供回传连接的第六节点的donor-DU和为第一节点提供回传连接的第二节点的donor-DU为同一个donor-DU时，该donor-DU可以根据接收到的第三节点从第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态或第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息，直接通过第四节点将第三节点未接收成功或未发送的下行数据包重传给第三节点，从而避免在第三节点切换的过程中，第三节点未接收成功或未发送的下行数据包在donor-CU和donor-DU之间作多次转发。Among them, when the second node and the sixth node are in the form of separate donor-CU and donor-DU, if the donor-DU of the sixth node that provides the backhaul connection for the fourth node and the backhaul connection for the first node When the donor-DU of the second node is the same donor-DU, the donor-DU can be based on the received state of the data packet received by the third node from the first node or the sent state of the downlink data packet sent by the third node Information, directly retransmit the downlink data packets that the third node did not receive or did not send to the third node directly through the fourth node, so as to avoid that the third node did not receive successful or unsent data during the handover of the third node Downstream data packets are forwarded multiple times between donor-CU and donor-DU.
为了使得上述实施例一和实施例二提供的方法更加的清楚，以下通过一个具体的示例对第三节点的切换过程作示例性说明。其中，为了方便描述，上述实施例中的第三节点记为节点3，第一节点记为S-IAB，第四节点记为T-IAB，第一节点和第四节点的宿主节点为同一节点，记为IAB donor，如图12所示，该方法包括：In order to make the methods provided in the first and second embodiments clearer, the following describes the handover process of the third node by using a specific example. For convenience of description, the third node in the above embodiment is denoted as node 3, the first node is denoted as S-IAB, the fourth node is denoted as T-IAB, and the host nodes of the first node and the fourth node are the same node , Recorded as IAB donor, as shown in Figure 12, the method includes:
1201、节点3向IAB donor发送测量报告。相应的，IAB donor从节点3接收测量报告。1201, Node 3 sends a measurement report to the IAB donor. Correspondingly, the IAB donor receives the measurement report from node 3.
1202、IAB donor根据该测量报告确定节点3需要从S-IAB切换到T-IAB，则向T-IAB发送上下文建立请求。1202. The IAB donor determines that the node 3 needs to switch from the S-IAB to the T-IAB according to the measurement report, and then sends a context establishment request to the T-IAB.
其中，IAB donor可以通过F1AP层向T-IAB发送上下文建立请求。上下文建立请求用于请求在T-IAB上建立节点3的上下文以及承载。Among them, the IAB donor can send a context establishment request to the T-IAB through the F1AP layer. The context establishment request is used to request the establishment of the context and bearer of the node 3 on the T-IAB.
在步骤1202之后，T-IAB可以向IAB donor发送上下文建立响应，用于将节点3的上下文以及承载的建立情况向IAB donor作反馈。After step 1202, the T-IAB may send a context establishment response to the IAB donor, which is used to feed back the context of the node 3 and the establishment of the bearer to the IAB donor.
1203、IAB donor向S-IAB发送第一指示信息。相应的，S-IAB从IAB donor接收第一指示信息。1203. The IAB donor sends the first indication information to the S-IAB. Correspondingly, the S-IAB receives the first instruction information from the IAB donor.
第一指示信息用于指示S-IAB停止向节点3发送数据包。示例性的，第一指示信息可以为上下文更新请求。The first indication information is used to instruct the S-IAB to stop sending data packets to the node 3. Exemplarily, the first indication information may be a context update request.
1204、IAB donor向节点3发送切换命令。相应的，节点3从IAB donor接收切换命令。1204. The IAB donor sends a handover command to node 3. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the switching command from the IAB donor.
切换命令用于节点3从S-IAB切换至T-IAB。切换命令可以为RRC消息(例如RRC重配置消息)。The switching command is used for node 3 to switch from S-IAB to T-IAB. The handover command may be an RRC message (eg RRC reconfiguration message).
IAB donor具体可以通过S-IAB向节点3发送切换命令。The IAB donor can specifically send a handover command to the node 3 through the S-IAB.
1205、S-IAB根据第一指示信息或切换命令向IAB donor发送第一状态报告(记为方式1)；或者，节点3根据切换命令向IAB donor发送第三状态报告(记为方式2)。1205. The S-IAB sends the first status report to the IAB donor according to the first instruction information or the handover command (denoted as mode 1); or, the node 3 sends the third status report to the IAB donor according to the handover command (denoted as mode 2).
关于第一状态报告和第三状态报告的描述可参见上文，在此不再赘述。For the description of the first status report and the third status report, please refer to the above, and no more details will be given here.
1206、S-IAB向IAB donor发送缓存的节点3发送的数据包。1206. The S-IAB sends the buffered data packet sent by the node 3 to the IAB donor.
1207、S-IAB在发送完最后一个其缓存的节点3发送的数据包后，向IAB donor发送第三指示信息。相应的，IAB donor从S-IAB接收第三指示信息。1207. After sending the last data packet sent by the cached node 3, the S-IAB sends the third instruction information to the IAB donor. Correspondingly, the IAB donor receives the third instruction information from the S-IAB.
第三指示信息用于指示S-IAB已发送完缓存的节点3发送的全部上行数据包。The third indication information is used to indicate that the S-IAB has sent all the uplink data packets sent by the buffered node 3.
1208、IAB donor向IAB donor和T-IAB之间的IAB节点(记为I-IAB)发送路由更新配置信息。1208. The IAB donor sends the routing update configuration information to the IAB node (denoted as I-IAB) between the IAB donor and the T-IAB.
路由更新配置信息用于指示更新到节点3或T-IAB的路由信息。The routing update configuration information is used to indicate the routing information updated to the node 3 or T-IAB.
可选的，IAB donor可以通过F1AP消息或RRC消息将路由更新配置信息发送给I-IAB。路由更新配置信息中可以包含I-IAB所涉及的回传链路的QoS映射规则，以便节点3切换至T-IAB后，I-IAB可以按照节点3的业务需求执行数据包的转发。Optionally, the IAB donor can send the routing update configuration information to the I-IAB through F1AP messages or RRC messages. The routing update configuration information may include the QoS mapping rules of the backhaul link involved in the I-IAB, so that after the node 3 switches to the T-IAB, the I-IAB can perform the data packet forwarding according to the service requirements of the node 3.
1209、节点3在T-IAB发起随机接入，接入T-IAB服务的小区。1209. Node 3 initiates random access at the T-IAB to access the cell served by the T-IAB.
1210、节点3向T-IAB node发送切换完成消息。1210. Node 3 sends a handover complete message to the T-IAB node.
切换完成消息用于指示节点3切换完成。切换完成消息可以为RRC消息(例如，RRC重配置完成消息)。The handover complete message is used to indicate that node 3 has completed the handover. The handover complete message may be an RRC message (for example, an RRC reconfiguration complete message).
1211、T-IAB向IAB donor发送包含节点3的切换完成消息的控制面消息。1211. The T-IAB sends a control plane message including the handover complete message of node 3 to the IAB donor.
该控制面消息用于通知IAB donor，节点3切换完成。This control plane message is used to notify the IAB donor that the node 3 handover is complete.
1212、IAB donor指示S-IAB释放节点3的所有上下文。1212. The IAB donor instructs the S-IAB to release all the context of node 3.
其中，当节点3为无线回传节点时，IAB donor还可以指示S-IAB释放节点3服务的所有终端的上下文。Wherein, when node 3 is a wireless backhaul node, the IAB donor may also instruct the S-IAB to release the context of all terminals served by node 3.
1213、S-IAB向IAB donor发送节点3的上下文释放完成消息。1213. The S-IAB sends the context release complete message of node 3 to the IAB donor.
上下文释放完成消息用于通知IAB donor，S-IAB上的节点3的上下文释放完成。The context release complete message is used to notify the IAB donor that the context release of node 3 on the S-IAB is complete.
步骤1212和步骤1213执行在步骤1207之后即可。Step 1212 and step 1213 can be performed after step 1207.
实施例三Example Three
对于一些可靠性要求较高的业务，当两个节点之间有多条路径可用、并且该多条路径中共用的节点只有这两个节点，则可以在这两个节点中的数据包分流的节点执行数据包的复制，并通过该多条路径分别传输，在这两个节点中的数据包汇聚的节点(即下文中的第一节点)执行数据包的重复检测(duplication detection)，以提升传输的可靠性。例如，参见图1，IAB节点4和IAB节点1之间有两条路径可用，则当数据包从IAB节点4向IAB节点1发送时，IAB节点4可以对数据包复制两份，两份数据包分别通过两条路径发送，IAB节点1对接收到的数据包作重复检测。For some services with high reliability requirements, when multiple paths are available between two nodes, and the nodes shared by the multiple paths are only these two nodes, the data packets in these two nodes can be shunted. The node performs data packet replication and transmits them separately through the multiple paths. The node where the data packets in these two nodes converge (ie, the first node below) performs duplication detection of the data packet to improve Transmission reliability. For example, referring to FIG. 1, there are two paths available between IAB node 4 and IAB node 1, then when a data packet is sent from IAB node 4 to IAB node 1, IAB node 4 can make two copies of the data packet, two copies of the data The packets are sent through two paths, and IAB node 1 repeatedly detects the received data packets.
当Adapt层在MAC层和RLC层之间时，若终端和宿主节点之间采用端到端ARQ模式或端到端重组模式，终端和宿主节点之间的、不同路径上的IAB节点不同，这些IAB节点都可能会对终端的RLC SDU进行分段，且分段方式相互独立，现有技术中默认IAB节点不对RLC SDU分段进行重组，那么可能会导致在只有一条路径的两个节点之间传输多份相同的数据包(如RLC SDU)，造成传输资源的浪费。为了降低只有一条路径的两个节点之间的传输资源的开销，本申请实施例提供了一种发送数据包的方法，如图13所示，包括：When the Adapt layer is between the MAC layer and the RLC layer, if the end-to-end ARQ mode or the end-to-end recombination mode is adopted between the terminal and the host node, the IAB nodes on different paths between the terminal and the host node are different. All IAB nodes may segment the RLC SDU of the terminal, and the segmentation methods are independent of each other. In the prior art, the IAB node does not reorganize the RLC SDU segment by default, so it may lead to Transmit multiple copies of the same data packet (such as RLC SDU), resulting in a waste of transmission resources. In order to reduce the overhead of transmission resources between two nodes with only one path, embodiments of the present application provide a method for sending data packets, as shown in FIG. 13, including:
1301、第一节点通过多条路径接收到RLC SN相同的多个数据包。1301: The first node receives multiple data packets with the same RLC and SN through multiple paths.
其中，第一节点为无线中继通信中的节点。该实施例中的第一节点与上文中的第一节点无直接关系。多个数据包可以包括RLC SDU分段和/或RLC SDU。The first node is a node in wireless relay communication. The first node in this embodiment has no direct relationship with the first node in the above. Multiple data packets may include RLC SDU segments and / or RLC SDUs.
1302、若从多条路径中的第一路径接收到的数据包为RLC SDU，第一节点向第一节点的下一跳节点发送RLC SDU；或者，若从多条路径接收到的均为RLC SDU分段、且从多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段中存在能够恢复出RLC SDU的RLC SDU分段，第一节点将能够恢复出RLC SDU的RLC SDU分段向第一节点的下一跳节点发送，或者，第一节点将从多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段进行重组，并将重组得到的RLC SDU向第一节点的下一跳节点发送；或者，若从多条路径接收到的均为RLC SDU分段、且利用从多条路径接收到的RLC SDU分段无法恢复出RLC SDU，第一节点将多条路径中的一条路径上接收到的RLC SDU分段向第一节点的下一跳节点发送。1302. If the data packet received from the first path in the multiple paths is RLC SDU, the first node sends the RLC SDU to the next hop node of the first node; or, if all the received paths are RLC SDU segmentation, and there are RLC SDU segments that can recover RLC SDUs in RLC SDU segments received from multiple paths, the first node will be able to recover RLC SDU RLC SDU segments to the first node next The hop node sends, or the first node reassembles the RLC SDU segments received from multiple paths, and sends the reorganized RLC SDU to the first node's next hop node; or, if it receives from multiple paths The RLC SDU segments are received, and the RLC SDU segments received from multiple paths cannot be used to recover the RLC SDU. The first node directs the RLC SDU segments received on one of the multiple paths to the first The node's next hop node sends.
其中，第一路径可以为多条路径中的任意一条路径。The first path may be any path among multiple paths.
该实施例提供的方法，在Adapt层位于MAC层和RLC层之间、且终端和宿主节点之间采用端到端ARQ模式的情况下，可以通过在数据包的实际的汇聚节点对数据包作重复检测，从而避免将重复的数据包在只有一条路径的两个节点之间传输，可以避免不必要的传输资源开销。In the method provided in this embodiment, when the Adapt layer is located between the MAC layer and the RLC layer, and the end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted between the terminal and the host node, the data packet can be processed by the actual aggregation node of the data packet. Duplicate detection, to avoid transferring duplicate data packets between two nodes with only one path, can avoid unnecessary transmission resource overhead.
可选的，该方法还包括：第一节点将除向第一节点的下一跳节点发送的数据包之外的、且与向第一节点的下一跳节点发送的数据包的SN相同的数据包删除。该可选的方法，可以删除无用的数据包，从而释放第一节点的存储空间。Optionally, the method further includes: the first node sets the same SN as the data packet sent to the next hop node of the first node except for the data packet sent to the next hop node of the first node The packet is deleted. With this optional method, useless data packets can be deleted, thereby releasing the storage space of the first node.
可选的，端到端重组是指两个端节点对数据包进行重组，其余节点不对数据包进行重组。示例性的，发送节点经过中间节点向接收节点发送数据包时，该发送节点可 以在RLC层对RLC SDU作分段处理，中间节点也可以对完整的RLC SDU作分段处理或者对RLC SDU分段(segment)作再分段处理，但中间节点不对接收到的RLC SDU分段进行重组，直到这些RLC SDU分段传输至接收节点，该接收节点对接收到的RLC分段进行重组，恢复出完整的RLC SDU。Optionally, the end-to-end reorganization refers to that two end nodes reassemble the data packets, and the remaining nodes do not reassemble the data packets. Exemplarily, when the sending node sends a data packet to the receiving node through the intermediate node, the sending node can segment the RLC SDU at the RLC layer, or the intermediate node can segment the complete RLC SDU or RLC SDU Segments are re-segmented, but the intermediate node does not reassemble the received RLC SDU segments until these RLC SDU segments are transmitted to the receiving node, which reassembles the received RLC segments and recovers Complete RLC SDU.
可以理解的是，当重组模式为端到端重组模式时，IAB网络中采用端到端的ARQ模式。It can be understood that when the recombination mode is the end-to-end recombination mode, the end-to-end ARQ mode is adopted in the IAB network.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，例如第一节点、第二节点或第三节点为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solutions of the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, each network element, such as the first node, the second node, or the third node, includes a hardware structure and / or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the exemplary units and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对第一节点、第二节点或第三节点进行功能单元的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In the embodiments of the present application, the first node, the second node, or the third node may be divided into functional units according to the above method examples, for example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated In a processing unit. The above integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of the units in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图14示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络节点的一种可能的结构示意图，该网络节点包括处理单元1401和通信单元1402，还可以包括存储单元1403。图14所示的结构示意图可以用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的第一节点、第二节点或第三节点的结构。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 14 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the network node involved in the above embodiment. The network node includes a processing unit 1401 and a communication unit 1402, and may further include a storage unit 1403. The structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 14 can be used to illustrate the structure of the first node, the second node, or the third node involved in the foregoing embodiment.
当图14所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的第一节点的结构时，处理单元1401用于对第一节点的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理单元1401用于支持第一节点执行图8中的过程801-802，图12中的过程1201、1203-1207、1212-1213，图13中的步骤，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的第一节点执行的动作。通信单元1402用于支持第一节点与其他网络实体的通信，例如，与图8中示出的第二节点之间的通信。存储单元1403用于存储第一节点的程序代码和数据。When the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 14 is used to illustrate the structure of the first node involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processing unit 1401 is used to control and manage the actions of the first node, for example, the processing unit 1401 is used to support the first The node executes the processes 801-802 in FIG. 8, the processes 1201, 1203-1207, 1212-1213 in FIG. 12, the steps in FIG. 13, and / or the first node in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application The action performed. The communication unit 1402 is used to support communication between the first node and other network entities, for example, communication with the second node shown in FIG. 8. The storage unit 1403 is used to store the program code and data of the first node.
当图14所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的第二节点的结构时，处理单元1401用于对第二节点的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理单元1401用于支持第二节点执行图8中的过程801-802，图11中的过程1101-1102，图12中的过程1201-1208、1211-1213，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的第二节点执行的动作。通信单元1402用于支持第二节点与其他网络实体的通信，例如，与图8中示出的第一节点之间的通信。存储单元1403用于存储第二节点的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 14 is used to illustrate the structure of the second node involved in the above embodiment, the processing unit 1401 is used to control and manage the actions of the second node, for example, the processing unit 1401 is used to support the second The node executes the processes 801-802 in FIG. 8, the processes 1101-1102 in FIG. 11, the processes 1201-1208, 1211-1213 in FIG. 12, and / or the second of the other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The actions performed by the node. The communication unit 1402 is used to support communication between the second node and other network entities, for example, communication with the first node shown in FIG. 8. The storage unit 1403 is used to store the program code and data of the second node.
当图14所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的第三节点的结构时，处理单元1401用于对第三节点的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理单元1401用于支持第三节点执行图11中的过程1101-1102，图12中的过程1201、1204、1205(方式二)、1209-1210，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的第三节点执行的动作。通信 单元1402用于支持第三节点与其他网络实体的通信，例如，与图11中示出的第二节点之间的通信。存储单元1403用于存储第三节点的程序代码和数据。When the structural diagram shown in FIG. 14 is used to illustrate the structure of the third node involved in the above embodiment, the processing unit 1401 is used to control and manage the actions of the third node, for example, the processing unit 1401 is used to support the third The node executes the processes 1101-1102 in FIG. 11, the processes 1201, 1204, 1205 (mode 2), 1209-1210 in FIG. 12, and / or the third node in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. action. The communication unit 1402 is used to support communication between the third node and other network entities, for example, communication with the second node shown in FIG. 11. The storage unit 1403 is used to store the program code and data of the third node.
其中，处理单元1401可以是处理器或控制器，通信单元1402可以是通信接口、收发器、收发电路等，其中，通信接口是统称，可以包括一个或多个接口。存储单元1403可以是存储器。Wherein, the processing unit 1401 may be a processor or a controller, and the communication unit 1402 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term and may include one or more interfaces. The storage unit 1403 may be a memory.
当处理单元1401为处理器，通信单元1402为通信接口，存储单元1403为存储器时，本申请实施例所涉及的网络节点可以为图2所示的网络节点。When the processing unit 1401 is a processor, the communication unit 1402 is a communication interface, and the storage unit 1403 is a memory, the network node involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the network node shown in FIG. 2.
当图2所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的第一节点的结构时，处理器201用于对第一节点的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理器201用于支持第一节点执行图8中的过程801-802，图12中的过程1201、1203-1207、1212-1213，图13中的步骤，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的第一节点执行的动作。通信接口204用于支持第一节点与其他网络实体的通信，例如，与图8中示出的第二节点之间的通信。存储器203用于存储第一节点的程序代码和数据。When the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 2 is used to illustrate the structure of the first node involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 201 is used to control and manage the actions of the first node, for example, the processor 201 is used to support the first The node executes the processes 801-802 in FIG. 8, the processes 1201, 1203-1207, 1212-1213 in FIG. 12, the steps in FIG. 13, and / or the first node in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application The action performed. The communication interface 204 is used to support communication between the first node and other network entities, for example, communication with the second node shown in FIG. 8. The memory 203 is used to store the program code and data of the first node.
当图2所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的第二节点的结构时，处理器201用于对第二节点的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理器201用于支持第二节点执行图8中的过程801-802，图11中的过程1101-1102，图12中的过程1201-1208、1211-1213，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的第二节点执行的动作。通信接口204用于支持第二节点与其他网络实体的通信，例如，与图8中示出的第一节点之间的通信。存储器203用于存储第二节点的程序代码和数据。When the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 2 is used to illustrate the structure of the second node involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 201 is used to control and manage the actions of the second node, for example, the processor 201 is used to support the second The node executes the processes 801-802 in FIG. 8, the processes 1101-1102 in FIG. 11, the processes 1201-1208, 1211-1213 in FIG. 12, and / or the second of the other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The actions performed by the node. The communication interface 204 is used to support communication between the second node and other network entities, for example, communication with the first node shown in FIG. 8. The memory 203 is used to store the program code and data of the second node.
当图2所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的第三节点的结构时，处理器201用于对第三节点的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理器201用于支持第三节点执行图11中的过程1101-1102，图12中的过程1201、1204、1205(方式二)、1209-1210，和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的第三节点执行的动作。通信接口204用于支持第三节点与其他网络实体的通信，例如，与图11中示出的第二节点之间的通信。存储器203用于存储第三节点的程序代码和数据。When the structural schematic diagram shown in FIG. 2 is used to illustrate the structure of the third node involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 201 is used to control and manage the actions of the third node, for example, the processor 201 is used to support the third The node executes the processes 1101-1102 in FIG. 11, the processes 1201, 1204, 1205 (mode 2), 1209-1210 in FIG. 12, and / or the third node in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. action. The communication interface 204 is used to support communication between the third node and other network entities, for example, communication with the second node shown in FIG. 11. The memory 203 is used to store the program code and data of the third node.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述任一方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform any of the above methods.
本申请实施例还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述任一方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute any of the above methods.
本申请实施例还提供了一种装置，该装置以芯片的产品形态存在，该装置包括处理器、存储器和收发组件，收发组件包括输入输出电路，存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，处理器通过执行存储器中存储的计算机执行指令实现上述任一方法。该情况下，执行本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以为芯片。An embodiment of the present application also provides an apparatus, which exists in the form of a chip product. The apparatus includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver component. The transceiver component includes an input and output circuit. The memory is used to store computer-executed instructions. The computer executes instructions stored in the memory to implement any of the above methods. In this case, the execution subject that executes the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a chip.
本申请实施例中的网络节点也可以称为网络设备，比如，上述第一节点可以称为第一设备，第二节点可以称为第二设备，无线回传节点可以称为无线回传设备。The network node in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a network device. For example, the above-mentioned first node may be called a first device, the second node may be called a second device, and the wireless backhaul node may be called a wireless backhaul device.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算 机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，简称DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)，光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，简称SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center by wire (e.g. Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL for short) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) transmission to another website, computer, server, or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device including one or more servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium. The usable media may be magnetic media (for example, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (for example, DVD), or semiconductor media (for example, solid state disk (SSD)).
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述，然而，在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中，本领域技术人员通过查看附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书，可理解并实现公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中，“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤，“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施，但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although this application has been described in conjunction with various embodiments herein, in the process of implementing the claimed application, those skilled in the art can understand and realize the disclosure by viewing the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims Other changes to the embodiment. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "one" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill several functions recited in the claims. Certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims, but this does not mean that these measures cannot be combined to produce good results.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述，显而易见的，在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下，可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地，本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明，且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the present application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the present application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, changes, combinations, or equivalents within the scope of the present application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to this application without departing from the spirit and scope of this application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that it includes:
    第一节点从第二节点接收第一指示信息和/或切换命令，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一节点停止向第三节点发送数据包，所述切换命令用于所述第三节点从所述第一节点切换至第四节点；The first node receives first indication information and / or a handover command from the second node, the first indication information is used to instruct the first node to stop sending data packets to the third node, and the handover command is used for the first Three nodes are switched from the first node to the fourth node;
    所述第一节点向所述第二节点发送第一状态报告，所述第一状态报告包括用于指示所述第一节点向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；The first node sends a first status report to the second node, where the first status report includes information indicating the sending status of the data packet sent by the first node to the third node;
    其中，所述第二节点为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第三节点为终端或无线回传节点，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。Wherein, the second node is a host node of the first node, the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node, and the first node is the third node before the third node is switched A node providing wireless access services, the first node and / or the fourth node are wireless backhaul nodes, and the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless backhaul for nodes that wirelessly access the wireless backhaul node Transmission service; the first node to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一节点向所述第二节点发送第一状态报告之前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein before the first node sends the first status report to the second node, the method further comprises:
    所述第一节点向所述第三节点发送第一消息，所述第一消息包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；The first node sends a first message to the third node, where the first message includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node;
    所述第一节点从所述第三节点接收第二状态报告，所述第二状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；The first node receives a second status report from the third node, and the second status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node;
    所述第一节点根据所述第二状态报告生成所述第一状态报告。The first node generates the first status report according to the second status report.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点向所述第二节点发送第一状态报告，包括：The method according to claim 2, wherein the first node sending the first status report to the second node includes:
    所述第一节点通过所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的节点向所述第二节点发送所述第一状态报告，所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送。The first node sends the first status report to the second node through a node between the first node and the second node, a node between the first node and the second node It is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点和所述第二节点的上一跳节点之间的路径中的任意两个相邻节点之间的状态报告中包括第二指示信息，一个状态报告中包括的第二指示信息用于指示接收该状态报告的节点将该状态报告中的信息转换为所述接收该状态报告的节点的下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送。The method according to claim 3, wherein the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the first hop node of the first node and the second node includes the second Indication information, the second indication information included in a status report is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be identified by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and Send to the next hop node.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据所述第二状态报告生成所述第一状态报告，包括：The method according to claim 2, wherein the first node generating the first status report according to the second status report includes:
    所述第一节点根据第一链路和第一路径之间的无线链路控制序列号RLC SN的对应关系以及所述第二状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成所述第一状态报告；所述第一链路为所述第一节点和所述第三节点之间的链路，所述第一路径为所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的路径，所述RLC SN为无线链路控制业务数据单元RLC SDU的序列号SN。The first node generates the first status report according to the correspondence between the radio link control sequence number RLC SN between the first link and the first path and the RLC SN included in the second status report; The first link is a link between the first node and the third node, the first path is a path between the first node and the second node, and the RLC SN is wireless The serial number SN of the link control service data unit RLC SDU.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一节点向所述第二节点发送缓存的所述第三节点发送的上行数据包，并向 所述第二节点发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一节点已发送完缓存的所述第三节点发送的全部上行数据包。The first node sends the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node to the second node, and sends third indication information to the second node, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first A node has sent all buffered uplink data packets sent by the third node.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一状态报告中包括所述第一节点的标识，所述第一节点的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第一节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first status report includes an identifier of the first node, and the identifier of the first node is used to indicate the first status report The information about the transmission status of the data packet contained in the information is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent by the first node.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，所述第一状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过所述至少一个无线承载向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the first status The information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the report is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the first status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the third The identifier of the at least one radio bearer of the three nodes, the identifier of the third node and the identifier of the at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate the information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the first status report as Information about the sending status of the data packet sent to the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
  9. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that it includes:
    第三节点接收切换命令，所述切换命令用于所述第三节点从第一节点切换至第四节点；The third node receives a switching command, and the switching command is used for the third node to switch from the first node to the fourth node;
    所述第三节点向第二节点发送第三状态报告；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括：用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息，或者，用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息；The third node sends a third status report to the second node; in the case where the third node is a terminal, the third status report includes a command for the third node to receive from the first node Information on the reception status of the data packet; or, in the case where the third node is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes: data for instructing the third node to receive from the first node Information about the receiving state of the packet, or information indicating the sending state of the downlink data packet sent by the third node;
    其中，所述第一节点为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第二节点为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。Wherein, the first node is a node that provides wireless access service to the third node before the third node is switched, the second node is a host node of the first node, and the first node And / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless backhaul services for nodes wirelessly accessing the wireless backhaul node; the first node to the fourth The nodes are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三节点向第二节点发送第三状态报告，包括：The method according to claim 9, wherein the third node sending the third status report to the second node includes:
    所述第三节点通过所述第三节点和所述第二节点之间的节点向所述第二节点发送所述第三状态报告，所述第三节点和所述第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送。The third node sends the third status report to the second node through the node between the third node and the second node, the node between the third node and the second node It is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三节点和所述第二节点的上一跳节点之间的路径中的任意两个相邻节点之间的状态报告中包括第四指示信息，一个状态报告中包括的第四指示信息用于指示接收该状态报告的节点将该状态报告中的信息转换为所述接收该状态报告的节点的下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送。The method according to claim 10, wherein the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the third node and the previous hop node of the second node includes a fourth Indication information, the fourth indication information included in a status report is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be identified by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and Send to the next hop node.
  12. 根据权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三节点为无线回传节点，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 9-11, wherein the third node is a wireless backhaul node, and the method further comprises:
    所述第三节点向所述第三节点服务的终端发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端报告从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；The third node sends a second message to the terminal served by the third node, where the second message includes an instruction for the terminal served by the third node to report the reception status of the data packet received from the third node Information;
    所述第三节点接收所述第三节点服务的终端的状态报告，一个终端的状态报告包括用于指示该终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；The third node receives a status report of a terminal served by the third node, and a status report of a terminal includes information indicating the reception status of a data packet received by the terminal from the third node;
    所述第三节点根据所述第三节点服务的终端的状态报告向所述第二节点发送第四状态报告，所述第四状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点服务的终端从所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。The third node sends a fourth status report to the second node according to the status report of the terminal served by the third node, and the fourth status report includes a command for instructing the terminal served by the third node from the Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the third node.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识用于指示所述第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，所述第四状态报告包括所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点服务的终端的标识和所述第三节点服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点服务的终端通过所述至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。The method according to claim 12, wherein the fourth status report includes an identifier of a terminal served by the third node, and the identifier of the terminal served by the third node is used to indicate the fourth status report The information about the reception status of the data packet contained in the information is the information about the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier and the location of the terminal served by the third node An identifier of at least one radio bearer of a terminal served by the third node, an identifier of the terminal served by the third node and an identifier of at least one radio bearer of the terminal served by the third node are used to indicate the fourth status report The information about the reception status of the data packet contained in the information is the information about the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
  14. 根据权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三状态报告中包括所述第三节点的标识；在所述第三节点为终端的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述第三节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述第三节点为无线回传节点、且所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为所述第三节点发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。The method according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein the third status report includes an identifier of the third node; when the third node is a terminal, the third The identifier of the node is used to indicate that the information on the reception status of the data packet included in the third status report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, in the third node, the wireless backhaul A node, and the third status report includes information indicating the receiving status of the data packet received by the third node from the first node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the third The information on the reception status of the data packet included in the three-state report is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the third node; or, the third node is a wireless backhaul node and the third status report In the case of including information indicating the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node, the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the sending status of the downlink data packet included in the third status report The status information is information about the sending status of the downlink data packet sent by the third node.
  15. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理单元和通信单元；A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元从第二节点接收第一指示信息和/或切换命令，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述通信装置停止向第三节点发送数据包，所述切换命令用于所述第三节点从所述通信装置切换至第四节点；The processing unit is configured to use the communication unit to receive first indication information and / or a handover command from the second node. The first indication information is used to instruct the communication device to stop sending data packets to the third node. The switching command is used for the third node to switch from the communication device to the fourth node;
    所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元向所述第二节点发送第一状态报告，所述第一状态报告包括用于指示所述通信装置向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；The processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send a first status report to the second node, where the first status report includes a packet for instructing the communication device to send a data packet to the third node Send status information;
    其中，所述第二节点为所述通信装置的宿主节点，所述第三节点为终端或无线回传节点，所述通信装置为在所述第三节点切换之前为所述第三节点提供无线接入服务的节点，所述通信装置和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述通信装置至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。Wherein, the second node is a host node of the communication device, the third node is a terminal or a wireless backhaul node, and the communication device provides wireless communication for the third node before the third node switches A node that accesses services, the communication device and / or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless backhaul services for nodes that wirelessly access the wireless backhaul node; The communication device to the fourth node are all nodes in wireless relay communication.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的通信装置，其特征在于，The communication device according to claim 15, wherein
    所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元向所述第三节点发送第一消息，所述第一消息包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述通信装置接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；The processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send a first message to the third node, where the first message includes a reception status for indicating that the third node receives a data packet from the communication device Information;
    所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元从所述第三节点接收第二状态报告，所 述第二状态报告包括用于指示所述第三节点从所述通信装置接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；The processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to receive a second status report from the third node, the second status report includes a packet for instructing the third node to receive a data packet from the communication device Receive status information;
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第二状态报告生成所述第一状态报告。The processing unit is further configured to generate the first status report according to the second status report.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的通信装置，其特征在于，The communication device according to claim 16, wherein
    所述处理单元，具体用于利用所述通信单元通过所述通信装置和所述第二节点之间的节点向所述第二节点发送所述第一状态报告，所述通信装置和所述第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送。The processing unit is specifically configured to use the communication unit to send the first status report to the second node through a node between the communication device and the second node, the communication device and the first The node between the two nodes is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置和所述第二节点的上一跳节点之间的路径中的任意两个相邻节点之间的状态报告中包括第二指示信息，一个状态报告中包括的第二指示信息用于指示接收该状态报告的节点将该状态报告中的信息转换为所述接收该状态报告的节点的下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送。The communication device according to claim 17, wherein the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the communication device and the previous hop node of the second node includes the second Indication information, the second indication information included in a status report is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be identified by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and Send to the next hop node.
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元，具体用于：The communication device according to claim 16, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    根据第一链路和第一路径之间的无线链路控制序列号RLC SN的对应关系以及所述第二状态报告中包含的RLC SN生成所述第一状态报告；所述第一链路为所述通信装置和所述第三节点之间的链路，所述第一路径为所述通信装置和所述第二节点之间的路径，所述RLC SN为无线链路控制业务数据单元RLC SDU的序列号SN。Generating the first status report according to the correspondence between the radio link control sequence number RLC SN between the first link and the first path and the RLC SN included in the second status report; the first link is A link between the communication device and the third node, the first path is a path between the communication device and the second node, and the RLC SN is a radio link control service data unit RLC The serial number SN of the SDU.
  20. 根据权利要求15-19任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，The communication device according to any one of claims 15-19, characterized in that
    所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元向所述第二节点发送缓存的所述第三节点发送的上行数据包，并向所述第二节点发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述通信装置已发送完缓存的所述第三节点发送的全部上行数据包。The processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send the buffered uplink data packet sent by the third node to the second node, and send third indication information to the second node, the third The indication information is used to indicate that the communication device has sent all buffered uplink data packets sent by the third node.
  21. 根据权利要求15-20任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第一状态报告中包括所述通信装置的标识，所述通信装置的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为所述通信装置发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 15-20, wherein the first status report includes an identification of the communication device, and the identification of the communication device is used to indicate that the first status report The information on the transmission state of the included data packet is the information on the transmission state of the data packet transmitted by the communication device.
  22. 根据权利要求15-21任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第一状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识，所述第三节点的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息；或者，所述第一状态报告中还包括所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述第三节点的标识和所述第三节点的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第一状态报告中包含的数据包的发送状态的信息为通过所述至少一个无线承载向所述第三节点发送的数据包的发送状态的信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 15-21, wherein the first status report further includes an identifier of the third node, and the identifier of the third node is used to indicate the first The information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the status report is the information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node; or, the first status report further includes the identifier of the third node and the An identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node, the identifier of the third node and the identifier of at least one radio bearer of the third node are used to indicate information about the transmission status of the data packet included in the first status report It is information about the transmission status of the data packet sent to the third node through the at least one wireless bearer.
  23. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理单元和通信单元；A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元，用于利用所述通信单元接收切换命令，所述切换命令用于所述通信装置从第一节点切换至第四节点；The processing unit is configured to receive a switching command using the communication unit, and the switching command is used to switch the communication device from the first node to the fourth node;
    所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元向第二节点发送第三状态报告；在所述通信装置为终端的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述通信装置从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述通信装置为无线回传节点的情况下，所述第三状态报告包括：用于指示所述通信装置从所述第一节点接收的数据包的 接收状态的信息，或者，用于指示所述通信装置发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息；The processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send a third status report to the second node; in the case where the communication device is a terminal, the third status report includes a command to instruct the communication device to Information about the reception status of the data packet received by the first node; or, in the case where the communication device is a wireless backhaul node, the third status report includes: used to instruct the communication device to Information about the receiving state of the data packet received by the node, or information indicating the sending state of the downlink data packet sent by the communication device;
    其中，所述第一节点为在所述通信装置切换之前为所述通信装置提供无线接入服务的节点，所述第二节点为所述第一节点的宿主节点，所述第一节点和/或所述第四节点为无线回传节点，所述无线回传节点用于为无线接入所述无线回传节点的节点提供无线回传服务；所述第一节点至所述第四节点均为无线中继通信中的节点。Wherein, the first node is a node that provides wireless access service to the communication device before the communication device is switched, the second node is a host node of the first node, the first node and / or Or the fourth node is a wireless backhaul node, and the wireless backhaul node is used to provide wireless backhaul services for nodes that wirelessly access the wireless backhaul node; the first node to the fourth node are all It is a node in wireless relay communication.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的通信装置，其特征在于，The communication device according to claim 23, wherein
    所述处理单元，具体用于利用所述通信单元通过所述通信装置和所述第二节点之间的节点向所述第二节点发送所述第三状态报告，所述通信装置和所述第二节点之间的节点用于将从上一跳节点接收到的状态报告中的信息转换为下一跳节点可识别的信息，并置于状态报告中向该下一跳节点发送。The processing unit is specifically configured to use the communication unit to send the third status report to the second node through a node between the communication device and the second node, the communication device and the first The node between the two nodes is used to convert the information in the status report received from the previous hop node into information that can be recognized by the next hop node, and place it in the status report to send to the next hop node.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置和所述第二节点的上一跳节点之间的路径中的任意两个相邻节点之间的状态报告中包括第四指示信息，一个状态报告中包括的第四指示信息用于指示接收该状态报告的节点将该状态报告中的信息转换为所述接收该状态报告的节点的下一跳节点可识别的信息，并向该下一跳节点发送。The communication device according to claim 24, wherein the status report between any two adjacent nodes in the path between the communication device and the previous hop node of the second node includes a fourth Indication information, the fourth indication information included in a status report is used to instruct the node receiving the status report to convert the information in the status report into information that can be identified by the next hop node of the node receiving the status report, and Send to the next hop node.
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为无线回传节点，The communication device according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein the communication device is a wireless backhaul node,
    所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元向所述通信装置服务的终端发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括用于指示所述通信装置服务的终端报告从所述通信装置接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；The processing unit is further configured to use the communication unit to send a second message to a terminal served by the communication device, where the second message includes a terminal report indicating that the terminal served by the communication device is received from the communication device Information about the reception status of data packets;
    所述处理单元，还用于利用所述通信单元接收所述通信装置服务的终端的状态报告，一个终端的状态报告包括用于指示该终端从所述通信装置接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；The processing unit is further used to receive the status report of the terminal served by the communication device using the communication unit, and the status report of a terminal includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal from the communication device ;
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述通信装置服务的终端的状态报告，并利用所述通信单元向所述第二节点发送第四状态报告，所述第四状态报告包括用于指示所述通信装置服务的终端从所述通信装置接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。The processing unit is further configured to send a fourth status report to the second node according to the status report of the terminal served by the communication device, the fourth status report including Information on the reception status of data packets received by the terminal served by the communication device from the communication device.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第四状态报告包括所述通信装置服务的终端的标识，所述通信装置服务的终端的标识用于指示所述第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述通信装置服务的终端接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，所述第四状态报告包括所述通信装置服务的终端的标识和所述通信装置服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识，所述通信装置服务的终端的标识和所述通信装置服务的终端的至少一个无线承载的标识用于指示所述第四状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述通信装置服务的终端通过所述至少一个无线承载接收的数据包的接收状态的信息。The communication device according to claim 26, wherein the fourth status report includes an identification of a terminal served by the communication device, and the identification of the terminal served by the communication device is used to indicate that the fourth status report The information on the reception status of the included data packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the communication device; or, the fourth status report includes the identifier of the terminal served by the communication device and the communication device An identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the served terminal, an identifier of the terminal served by the communication device and an identifier of at least one wireless bearer of the terminal served by the communication device are used to indicate the data packet included in the fourth status report The information about the reception status is information about the reception status of the data packet received by the terminal served by the communication device through the at least one wireless bearer.
  28. 根据权利要求23-27任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述第三状态报告中包括所述通信装置的标识；在所述通信装置为终端的情况下，所述通信装置的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述通信装置接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述通信装置为无线回传节点、且所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述通信装置从所述第一节点接收的数据包的接收状态的信息的 情况下，所述通信装置的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的数据包的接收状态的信息为所述通信装置接收的数据包的接收状态的信息；或者，在所述通信装置为无线回传节点、且所述第三状态报告包括用于指示所述通信装置发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息的情况下，所述通信装置的标识用于指示所述第三状态报告中包含的下行数据包的发送状态的信息为所述通信装置发送的下行数据包的发送状态的信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 23 to 27, wherein the third status report includes an identification of the communication device; when the communication device is a terminal, the communication device The information indicating the reception status of the data packet included in the third status report is the information of the reception status of the data packet received by the communication device; or, the communication device is a wireless backhaul node and the In the case where the third status report includes information indicating the reception status of the data packet received by the communication device from the first node, the identifier of the communication device is used to indicate the content included in the third status report The information on the reception status of the data packet is the information on the reception status of the data packet received by the communication device; or, the communication device is a wireless backhaul node, and the third status report includes an instruction to indicate the communication device In the case of information on the transmission status of the transmitted downlink data packet, the identifier of the communication device is used to indicate the status of the downlink data packet included in the third status report Status information transmitting downlink data packets to send status information to the transmitting communication device.
  29. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：存储器和处理器；A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a memory and a processor;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述通信装置实现如权利要求1-8中的任一项所述的方法。The memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements the method according to any one of claims 1-8.
  30. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：存储器和处理器；A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a memory and a processor;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述通信装置实现如权利要求9-14中的任一项所述的方法。The memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements the method according to any one of claims 9-14.
PCT/CN2019/114101 2018-11-02 2019-10-29 Communication method and apparatus WO2020088472A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811303106.3A CN111148163B (en) 2018-11-02 2018-11-02 Communication method and device
CN201811303106.3 2018-11-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020088472A1 true WO2020088472A1 (en) 2020-05-07

Family

ID=70462312

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/114101 WO2020088472A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2019-10-29 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111148163B (en)
WO (1) WO2020088472A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113766578B (en) * 2020-06-01 2023-02-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 Self-return network switching method and device and network equipment
CN113766582B (en) * 2020-06-03 2023-03-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 Network switching method, device, communication equipment and system
CN111918331A (en) * 2020-07-31 2020-11-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Congestion processing method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN114071610B (en) * 2020-08-06 2023-04-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 Switching method, switching device and related equipment
JP2023545801A (en) * 2020-10-21 2023-10-31 富士通株式会社 Signal transmission and reception methods, devices and communication systems
WO2022160249A1 (en) * 2021-01-29 2022-08-04 Nec Corporation Methods, devices, and computer readable medium for communication
CN115278548A (en) * 2021-04-30 2022-11-01 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102076041A (en) * 2011-01-30 2011-05-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Resource allocation method and device
CN110035453A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 Data processing method and relevant device

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102474337B (en) * 2009-08-17 2014-02-26 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method for processing data on relay link and related device
EP3694247A1 (en) * 2010-04-02 2020-08-12 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting communication via a relay node
EP2442610B1 (en) * 2010-10-13 2017-12-06 Alcatel Lucent In-sequence delivery of upstream user traffic during handover
EP2561638B1 (en) * 2011-06-04 2014-07-23 Ofinno Technologies, LLC Enhanced multicarrier transmission using carrier aggregation
US10154440B2 (en) * 2014-11-14 2018-12-11 Parallel Wireless, Inc. Seamless mobile handover
CN108024295B (en) * 2016-11-03 2022-04-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Relay transfer method and device, terminal and base station

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102076041A (en) * 2011-01-30 2011-05-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Resource allocation method and device
CN110035453A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 Data processing method and relevant device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ZTE: "Discussion on IAB link switch and topology adaptation", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1812467, 10 August 2018 (2018-08-10), Gothenburg, Sweden, pages 1 - 5, XP051522065 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111148163B (en) 2021-09-14
CN111148163A (en) 2020-05-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110351024B (en) Data transmission method and device
EP3806542B1 (en) Path changing method and apparatus
WO2020088472A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11653396B2 (en) Method and device for communication between network entities in cloud LAN environment
US11395365B2 (en) Method and system for handling PDCP operation in wireless communication system
WO2019214747A1 (en) Configuration method, data transmission method and apparatus
CN110249597B (en) Communication processing method and device
WO2019101211A1 (en) Communication method, communication node, and system
JP5642765B2 (en) Pseudowiring for mobility management
WO2020063504A1 (en) Data transmission method and device for wireless backhaul network
WO2016138798A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for transmitting data during handover procedure
US11570846B2 (en) Discard timer operation in wireless communication
CN110636549B (en) Data transmission method, network equipment and terminal equipment
WO2020073971A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus for wireless backhaul network
WO2020063108A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2020043083A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2019196656A1 (en) Data packet segmentation method and device
US9357580B2 (en) Method for switching communication connection mode, communication system, base station, transmitter and receiver
WO2021056589A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2021026706A1 (en) F1 interface management method and apparatus
WO2020164557A1 (en) Communication method and related device
TW202226879A (en) Methods and apparatus to reduce packet latency in multi-leg transmission
WO2020082948A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2020221155A1 (en) Base station, user equipment and related method
JPWO2020178918A1 (en) Wireless communication system, transmission / reception method, program, wireless communication base station device, control circuit and control method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19879066

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19879066

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1